Professional Documents
Culture Documents
7145 7222 7228 7235SM PDF
7145 7222 7228 7235SM PDF
7145 7222 7228 7235SM PDF
Models
7145/7222/7228/7235
APRIL 2004
CSM-7145/7222/7228/7235
7145/7222/7228/7235
SERVICE MANUAL
APRIL 2004
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of the possible hazards to an inexperienced
person servicing this equipment, as well as the risk of
damage to the equipment, Konica Minolta Business
Solutions U.S.A., Inc. strongly recommends that all
servicing be performed by Konica Minolta-trained service technicians only.
Changes may have been made to this equipment to
improve its performance after this service manual was
printed. Accordingly, Konica Minolta Business Solutions
U.S.A., Inc., makes no representations or warranties,
either expressed or implied, that the information contained in this service manual is complete or accurate. It
is understood that the user of this manual must assume
all risks or personal injury and/or damage to the equipment while servicing the equipment for which this service manual is intended.
CONTENTS
I OUTLINE
CONTENTS
OUTLINE
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Copy paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
D.
E.
F.
G.
Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.5.3
4.5.4
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
II UNIT EXPLANATION
CONTENTS
II
UNIT EXPLANATION
I OUTLINE
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
II UNIT EXPLANATION
1.2.1
Initial operation when power is turned on and shading correction reading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
AE control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
1.2.6
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2.2.1 Image writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
3.1
3.2
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
4.2.1
4.2.2
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
5.2.1 Toner supply control when the toner level in the toner supply section gets reduced . . . . . 2-18
5.2.2 Toner supply control when toner density in the developing unit gets reduced . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
6. PAPER FEED UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
6.1
6.2
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.2.4
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
7.2.1 Fixing temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
CONTENTS
9. INTERFACE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
I OUTLINE
9.1
III DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. EXTERNAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.1 Replacing the ozone filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.2 Replacing the filter cover assembly and suction filter/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
2. DRIVE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
2.1
2.2
Removing and reinstalling the motor units (main, fixing, feed, developing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Replacing the registration clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
2.3
2.4
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
II UNIT EXPLANATION
11.2.2 Components operated when the SW2 (Sub power switch) is on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
11.3 Fan control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
CONTENTS
5.7
Removing and reinstalling the transfer and separation corona unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
5.8
I OUTLINE
6.2
6.3
II UNIT EXPLANATION
7.2
7.3
Replacing the paper feed roller and the feed roller (by-pass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
Replacing the paper feed rubber and the feed rubber (tray 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Replacing the double feed prevention rubber (tray 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
Removing and reinstalling the fixing heat roller, fixing pressure roller,
heat insulating sleeve/A, /B, fixing idling gear/B, fixing bearing/U, /L,
fixing heater lamp/1, /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
9.6
9.7
iv
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this copier as well as the risk of damage to
the copier, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter called the KMBT) strongly recommends that
all servicing be performed only by KMBT-trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this copier to improve its performance after this Service Manual was printed.
Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that the information contained in this Service
Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to the copier while servicing the copier for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the course of technical
training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of the copier properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
CAUTION is defined
When servicing the copier, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment, repair, maintenance,
etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.
General precaution
Electric hazard
High temperature
General prohibition
Do not disassemble
General instruction
Unplug
Ground/Earth
S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS
[1]
Konica Minolta brand copiers are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Copier design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical, physical, and electrical
aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at proper tolerances and safety factors. For
this reason, unauthorized modifications involve a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore strictly prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reasoning behind this policy.
Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT. Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.
Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with wire, metal clips, solder or similar object.
Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.) Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.
S-2
[2]
Konica Minolta brand copiers are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and customer engineer (hereafter called the CE) from the risk of
injury. However, in daily use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and eventual failure. In order
to maintain safety and reliability, the CE must perform regular safety checks.
1.Power Supply
kw
If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall outlet, the total load
must not exceed the rating of the wall outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.
If the power cord or sheath is damaged, replace with a new power cord
(with plugs on both ends) specified by KMBT.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the copier securely, a
contact problem may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and risk
of fire.
Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or pinched by a table and
so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
S-3
Check whether dust is collected around the power plug and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing dust may result in
fire.
Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and electric shock.
WARNING: Wiring
Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.
Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so using a too long
extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken up. Fire may
result.
S-4
CAUTION: Ventilation
Do not place the copier in a place where there is much dust, cigarette
smoke, or ammonia gas.
Place the copier in a well ventilated place to prevent machine problems
and image faults.
S-5
CAUTION: Ventilation
The copier generates ozone gas during operation, but it is not sufficient to be
harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases, ventilate the
room.
a. When the copier is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple copiers at the same time
CAUTION: Vibration
When installing the copier, read the Installation Guide thoroughly. Be sure to
install the copier in a level and sturdy place.
Constant vibration will cause problems.
Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the copier may slide, leading to a
injury.
S-6
Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for deterioration and
sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit incorporating a laser, make
sure that the power cord has been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply power with the write
unit shifted from the specified mounting position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose of the used lithium battery using the
method specified by local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
S-7
Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp edges, burrs, or
other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.
Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were
removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of copier trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
S-8
Do not replace the cover or turn the copier ON before any solvent remnants
on the cleaned parts have fully evaporated.
A risk of fire exists.
Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take care not to spill any
liquid. If this happens, immediately wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.
[3]
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately take emergency
measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evaluation must be carried
out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded through direct on-site
checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations given in Serious Accident
Report/Follow-up Procedures.
[4]
CONCLUSION
1. Safety of users and customer engineers depends highly on accurate maintenance and administration.
Therefore, safety can be maintained by the appropriate daily service work conducted by the customer
engineer.
2. When performing service, each copier on the site must be tested for safety. The customer engineer must
verify the safety of parts and ensure appropriate management of the equipment.
S-9
SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented
regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.
This copier is certified as a Class 1 laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined within
protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
S-10
SAFETY CIRCUITS
[2]
dents.
[1]
[2]
DCPS
TS
RL1
L3
TH1
[1]
RL1
TH2
L2
CB
Control
section
AC driver
section
FCB
CBR1
1.
DCPS
CBR2
1.
Protection by software
CAUTION:
The RL1 function must not be deactivated
S-11
3.
Protection by TS (thermostat)
When the fixing heat roller exceeds the specified value, TSs (thermostats) are turned OFF,
thus interrupting the power to L2 (fixing heater
lamp/1), and L3 (fixing heater lamp/2) directly.
CAUTION:
Do not use any other electrical conductor
in place of TS1 and TS2.
S-12
[1]
Main body
1.
Right side
<7145>
CAUTION
The fixing unit is very hot.
To avoid getting burned
DO NOT TOUCH.
CAUTION
This area generates
high voltage.
If touched, electrical
shock may occur.
DO NOT TOUCH!
CAUTION
(Inside of the main
body right side door)
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-13
7322sf002e
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-14
Front side
<7145>
7322sf003e
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-15
7322sf004e
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-16
7322sf005e
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-17
Scanner section
<7145>
7322sf006
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-18
7322sf007e
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-19
[2]
FS-113
CAUTION
This area is very hot.
To avoid getting
burned DO NOT
TOUCH.
CAUTION
To avoid injury, DO NOT put your hand on the top
of the printed sheets. Be sure to hold both sides
of the printed sheets when removing them, and
DO NOT leave your hand on the printed sheets
while the primary (main) tray goes up.
[3]
FS-113 Finisher
7322sf009
FS-114
FS-114 Finisher
7322sf010
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-20
List of major differences between the 7145, 7235, 7228 and 7222
List of major differences between the 7145, 7235, 7228 and 7222
Classification
Warmup time
First copy out time
(8.5x11)
Continuous copy
speed (8.5x11)
7145
7235
7228
Less than
Less than
Less than
3.8 sec.
4.3 sec.
45 sheets/min.
35 sheets/min.
Standard
Specifications
22 sheets/min.
Standard
Machine dimensions
(with DF and DB)
Optional
Standard
23.2in (W)
x
23.4in (D)
x
42.6in (H)
Maintenance
Once every
Toner
Exclusively
for 7145
Materials
Exclusively
for 7145
Flywheel
120,000 copies
Developer
Drum
Drive section
28 sheets/min.
Optional
ADU
Scanner
section
320MB
memory
Write section
Reason
30 sec.
Maximum E-RDH
DF
7222
Exclusively
for 7145
f 103mm
f 132mm
Developing sleeve
drive
Developing
motor
Main motor
Vibration insulator
Not provided
Provided
Not provided
Provided
Not provided
Laser
2 beams
1 beam
Number of rotations
of polygon motor
Polygon cooling
27,165rpm
Not provided
Change of
specifications
38,976rpm
Provided
33,070rpm
Not provided
Change of
CPM
Change of
specifications
List of major differences between the 7145, 7235, 7228 and 7222
ADU/Paper
exit section
Fixing
section
Classification
Fixing unit
Decurler roller
7145
7235
Exclusively
Provided
Not provided
Not provided
Provided
Developing motor
Provided
Not provided
Electrical parts
Control
7222
Provided
Provided
Provided
Not provided
Not provided
Not provided
Provided
Not provided
Provided
ADU sensor
Provided
Timing sensor/U
Provided
Not provided
Timing sensor/L
Provided
Not provided
Overall control
Image control
Exclusively
for 7145
Reason
for 7145
ADU motor
7228
Exclusively
for 7235
Exclusively
for 7228
Exclusively
for 7222
Change of
specifications
7145
7235
7228
DF-318
Standard
Not corresponding
DF-320
Not corresponding
Corresponding
Corresponding
Not corresponding
FS-112
FT-107
7222
FS-113
RU-101
FS-114
Corresponding
BK-114
PK-114
SK-114
Paper exit tray
ET-101
Inner tray
IT-101
Desk
DK-110
DB
DB-211
Corresponding
Corresponding*1
Corresponding
Not corresponding
Corresponding
DB-411
LCT
Corresponding
LT-203
ADU
AD-307
Post script
PS-344
Corresponding
Standard
Not corresponding
PS-346
Not corresponding
Corresponding
Printer
controller
IP-432
Corresponding
Not corresponding
IP-424
Not corresponding
Corresponding
FAX controll
board
FK-102 Type-A
Corresponding
Not corresponding
FK-103
Not corresponding
Corresponding
2 lines
FL-102
Corresponding
Not corresponding
expansion kit
FL-103
Not corresponding
Corresponding
Hard disk
HD-103 Type-A
Total counter
Corresponding
Standard
Corresponding
Key counter
*1
Corresponding
A paper exit tray is provided as standard equipment that is different from ET-101. When ET-101 is provided, it is integrated into the main body as seen from the point of design.
Blank Page
OUTLINE OF SYSTEM
OUTLINE
I OUTLINE
1. OUTLINE OF SYSTEM
[16]
[15] [14]
[19]
[10]
[13]
[12]
[1]
[18]
[11]
[9]
[8]
[6]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[17]
[2]
7322ma1001
1-1
I OUTLINE
OUTLINE OF SYSTEM
[1]
[2]
Main body
LCT (LT-203)
[10]
[3]
LCT DB (DB-411)
[11]
[4]
2-Tray DB (DB-211)
[12]
Finisher (FS-114)
[5]
[13]
[6]
Finisher (FS-113)
[14]
[7]
[15]
[8]
[16]
[9]
[17]
[18]
[19]
*1
(DF-320: 7235/7228/7222)
As a standard equipment, the 7235/7228/7222 are provided with a paper exit tray that is different from
the one with which the ET-101 is equipped.
[7]
[6] [5]
[1]
[8]
[2]
[4]
[3]
7145ma1020
[1]
[6]
(PS-346: 7235/7228/7222)
Printer controller (IP-432: 7145)
[7]
[2]
Total counter
(7145 provided as standard equipment)
[3]
(IP-424: 7235/7228/7222)
(In the case of the 7235/7228/7222, shipments only to the United States are pro-
[8]
(FL-102:FK-102 Type-A)
[9]
(FL-103:FK-103)
[4]
[5]
1-2
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Type:
Copying method:
Original table:
Fixed
Original alignment:
Photosensitive material:
I OUTLINE
A. Type
Desk-top type (7235/7228/7222)
Sensitizing method:
Laser writing
*1
Optional
B. Functions
Original:
A3, or 11 x 17
Tray 1:
Tray 2:
B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5R, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 5.5 x 8.5R, F4
A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5R, 11 x 17, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, F4
Bypass tray:
A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5R, B6R, 8.5 x 11R (7145 only),
8.5 x 11 (except the 7145), F4 (except the 7145)
ADU:
A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5R, 11 x 17, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 8.5 x 14, 5.5
x 8.5R, F4
8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 5.5 x 8.5R, F4, B4R (7145 only), A4, A4R,
Tray 2:
B5, A5R
11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 5.5 x 8.5R, F4, A3, A4, A4R, A5R
Bypass tray:
ADU:
Magnification:
Fixed magnification (for metric area):
x 1.00, x 1.41, x 1.22, x 1.15, x 0.86, x 0.82, x 0.71
Fixed magnification (for inch area):
x 1.00, x 2.00, x 1.55, x 1.29, x 0.77, x 0.65, x 0.50
Special ratio:
Zoom magnification:
Three kinds
x 0.25 to x 4.00 (at 1% step)
Vertical magnification:
Horizontal magnification:
1-3
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Warm-up time:
I OUTLINE
at rated voltage)
First copy out time:
45 copies/min. (7145)
35 copies/min. (7235)
in memory copy)
28 copies/min. (7228)
22 copies/min. (7222)
Up to 999
Up to 100 (8.5x11)
AE, manual (9 steps), arbitrary density (2 modes)
600 dpi x 600 dpi
600 dpi x 600 dpi
Standard 64MB, Maximum 320MB
Serial port (USB TypeB), Serial port (RS-232C), RJ45 Ethernet connector,
Parallel port (IEEE1284 (Compatible, Nible, ECP))
Ethernet frame type:
IEEE 802.3/802.3/Ethernet II/
Connecting type:
Corresponding protocol:
Corresponding OS:
Multi-protocol:
*1
Netscape Navigator)
Green LED and orange LED, one for
Explorer,
each
Since the standard 64MB memory is packaged on the board, it is not possible to replace it with a new
one.
Only one slot is provided for expansion. It can be installed with MU-404 (64MB), MU-405 (128MB), or
256MB (commercially available).
For 256MB (commercially available), be sure to use those of make and model No. specified separately.
1-4
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Original:
Density:
Manual 5
Mode:
Character/photograph
Memory capacity:
Job:
C. Copy Paper
Plain paper:
Special paper *1
*1
With bypass feed method, paper should be fed one sheet at a time. Double sided copy not allowed.
*2
D. Machine Data
Power source:
Power consumption:
Weight:
Dimensions:
E. Maintenance
Maintenance:
F. Consumables
Developer:
Toner:
Drum:
1-5
I OUTLINE
Number of originals to be stored:More than 140 sheets under the following conditions:
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
I OUTLINE
G. Operating Environment
Temperature:
Humidity:
10% RH to 80% RH
Note:
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
1-6
[18]
[19]
I OUTLINE
[17]
[16]
[1]
[2]
[15]
[3]
[4]
[14]
[5]
[6]
[13]
[12]
[11]
[7]
[8]
[10]
[9]
7322ma1002
[1]
Fixing unit
[10]
DB
[2]
[3]
Drum unit
Separation corona unit
[11]
[12]
Developing unit
Tray 2
[4]
[13]
Tray 1
[5]
[6]
ADU unit
Bypass tray
[7]
[16]
[17]
Toner bottle
Scanner unit
[8]
[18]
[19]
V-mirror unit
Exposure unit
[9]
[20]
CCD unit
1-7
I OUTLINE
Drum Drive
[1]
[2]
[1]
4.2
M1 (Main motor)
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[1]
M1 (Main motor)
[2]
[3]
1-8
[4]
I OUTLINE
4.3
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[2]
IT-101
M11 (Fixing motor)
[3]
4.4
[4]
[5]
Developing Drive
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[1]
Developing sleeve
[3]
M3 (Developing motor)
[2]
Developing unit
[4]
1-9
I OUTLINE
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
7322ma1003
[1]
M1 (Main motor)
[3]
Developing unit
[2]
Developing sleeve
[4]
4.5
4.5.1
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
1-10
[4]
[5]
I OUTLINE
4.5.2
[1]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
Conveyance roller
MC2 (Loop clutch)
[5]
4.5.3
Tray 2 drive
[1]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
Feed roller
SD2 (1st paper feed solenoid/L)
1-11
[4]
[5]
I OUTLINE
4.5.4
[4]
[5]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
Conveyance roller
[4]
[5]
[2]
4.5.5
[2]
[1]
[1]
1-12
ADU Drive
[9]
[8]
[1]
[7]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[1]
[2]
M1 (Main motor)
Timing belt
[5]
[6]
ADU roller
ADU conveyance roller/2
[3]
[4]
[7]
[8]
Decurler roller
ADU conveyance roller/1
[9]
1-13
I OUTLINE
4.6
I OUTLINE
4.7
Scanner Drive
[4]
[3]
[5]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
Optical wire/R
Optical wire/F
[3]
V-mirror unit
[4]
[5]
1-14
Exposure unit
M2 (Scanner motor)
4.8
[5]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[5]
1-15
I OUTLINE
Blank page
1-16
SCANNER SECTION
II
UNIT EXPLANATION
1. SCANNER SECTION
1.1
Composition
7235/7228/7222
[8]
[9] [10]
[11]
[12]
CB
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[7]
7145
SCDB
CB
SCB
[6]
[5]
[4]
Symbol
Name
[1]
INV1 (Exposure lamp inverter)
[3]
[2]
[1]
7322ma2001e
Function or method
L1 (Exposure lamp) turn on
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
CCD unit
Exposure unit
[6]
Optical wire
[7]
[8]
V-mirror unit
PS14 (Scanner HP sensor)
[9]
L1 (Exposure lamp)
[10]
Relay board for INV1 (Exposure lamp inverter) and L1 (Exposure lamp)
[11]
M2 (Scanner motor)
Driving of the optical wire used to move the exposure unit and
the V-mirror unit
[12]
SCANNER SECTION
1.2
1.2.1
Operation
Initial operation when power is turned on and shading correction reading
When the SW2 (Sub power switch) comes on, the exposure unit starts a home position search. At this
time, the exposure unit uses the white reference plate attached on the back side of the original pressing
board for shading correction. However, two places on the white reference plate are read for correction.
The search procedure differs depending on whether the PS14 (Scanner HP sensor) is on or off while the
II UNIT EXPLANATION
SW2 is on.
A. Home position search when the PS14 is turned on
[1]
7322ma2015
[1]
[3]
[2]
PS14
[4]
[1]
7322ma2016
[1]
[3]
[2]
PS14
[4]
1.2.2
The following two modes are available for original reading; platen mode and DF mode. In platen mode, the
exposure unit moves as necessary to scan the original for reading. In DF mode, the RADF side moves the
original while the exposure unit stays fixed in a specified position (DF reading position).
2-2
SCANNER SECTION
A. Exposure unit movement in platen mode
In platen mode, the scan sequence depends on the copy density selection (either AE or manual).
(1) In manual density copy:
[5]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[3]
PS14
Shading correction position 1
[4]
[5]
[6]
II UNIT EXPLANATION
7322ma2017
is started
Note:
When the tray 1 is selected manually, but not in APS, the shading operation is not executed.
(2) In AE copy:
[6]
[1]
[2]
7322ma2018
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
AE scanning range
PS14
[6]
[4]
[7]
[5]
[1]
7322ma2019
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
PS14
Shading correction position 1
[5]
DF reading position
2-3
SCANNER SECTION
1.2.3
The light from the exposure lamp reflects back from the original, passes through a lens, and hits the CCD
sensor. The CCD sensor generates an electric signal (analog signal) corresponding to the light intensity.
Then, according to the instruction from the SCB (System control board), the ADB (A/D conversion board)
converts this signal into a digital signal.
A. Original read timing
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[2]
M2 (Scanner motor)
[5]
F
R
[1]
[3]
[4]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[2]
M2 (Scanner motor)
[5]
[6]
[8]
F
R
[1] [3]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[1]
[5]
AE scanning (backward)
[2]
[3]
AE scanning (forward)
Position to which the exposure unit starts
[6]
[7]
[4]
[8]
starts
Exposure scanning (backward)
2-4
SCANNER SECTION
B. Original read timing (DF mode) *1
[2]
M2 (Scanner motor)
[4]
F
R
II UNIT EXPLANATION
M301
F 230mm/s
460mm/s
F 230mm/s
M302
(Original conveyance motor)
460mm/s
[3]
[5]
[1]
[6]
[1]
[4]
Exposure conveyance
[2]
DF reading position
[5]
[3]
[6]
In the DF mode, the operation when the manual density setting and the AE density setting is the same.
1.2.4
APS control
The APS control is carried out at close detection of the RADF, and controlled by the CB (Main body control
board), based on signals from the PS17 (APS sensor) and the CCD sensor. (For APS control by the
RADF, see DF service manual.)
A. APS operation
The PS17 (APS sensor) detects the original size in the sub scanning direction, while the CCD sensor
detects the original size in the main scanning direction.
B. Relationship between each of the sensors and the original size
Original size
CCD sensor
(Length of detection: mm)
PS17
(ON/OFF)
A3
297
ON
11 x 17
279.4
ON
B4
257
ON
2-5
SCANNER SECTION
II UNIT EXPLANATION
Original size
*1
CCD sensor
PS17
(ON/OFF)
8.5 x 14 *1
215.9
ON
8.5 x 11R
215.9
Metric system: ON
A4R
210
Metric system: ON
A4
297
OFF
8.5 x 11
279.4
OFF
B5R
257
OFF
A5R
210
OFF
B5
182
OFF
A5
148
OFF
5.5 x 8.5
139.7
OFF
B6
128
OFF
Postcard
102
OFF
8.5 x 14 cannot be distinguished from 8.5 x 11R, and is detected as 8.5 x 11R.
C. APS detection timing
(1) Platen mode (when the RADF is closed)
[1]
[2]
[2]
[2]
[1]
PS17 (APS sensor)
PS15 (APS timing sensor)
PS303 (DF open/close sensor)
[2]
[1]
2-6
SCANNER SECTION
1.2.5
AE control
During AE scan, the CCD sensor provided on the ADB (A/D conversion board) reads the density level of
the original. The CPU on the SCB (System control board) process the data and, based on the results,
selects the correction curve that will best reproduce the original.
A. AE sampling range
(1) While in platen copying
Based on the original size recognized in the APS or out-of-original erasure mode, the range excepting
10mm in front and in rear.
Sub-scanning direction
The range of 30mm from the leading edge of the original. However, the range excepting L/100mm in
left and right when the length of the original is L mm.
[3]
10 mm
[1]
[2]
10 mm
L mm
100
L mm
100
30 mm
L mm
[1]
Original
[2]
[3]
2-7
AE sampling range
II UNIT EXPLANATION
SCANNER SECTION
(2) While in DF copying
Main scanning direction
Based on the original size recognized in the APS, the range excepting 20mm in front and in rear.
Sub-scanning direction
The range between 1.5mm and 2.9mm from the leading edge of the original.
[3]
II UNIT EXPLANATION
20 mm
[1]
[2]
20 mm
1.5 mm
1.4 mm
2.9 mm
[1]
[2]
1.2.6
Original
Leading edge of original
[3]
AE sampling range
Image processing
White correction
Black correction
2-8
WRITE UNIT
2. WRITE UNIT
Composition
[5]
[6]
[7]
[11]
[1]
SCB
II UNIT EXPLANATION
2.1
CB
7235 only
FM7
[2]
[4]
Symbol
Name
[3]
7322ma2002
Function or method
[1]
[2]
Index lens
INDEX (Index sensor board)
[3]
Polygon mirror
[4]
M5 (Polygon motor)
[5]
[6]
Collimator lens
[7]
[8]
Cylindrical lens 1
Index mirror
Correction of the laser path against error in the angle of the polygon mirror
[9]
[10]
f lens
Cylindrical lens 2
Unified laser scanning speed against the laser irradiation surface on the drum
Correction of the laser path against error in the angle of the polygon mirror
Dust-proof glass
Polygon cooling fan
Preventive measure for keeping the interior of the write unit clean
Cooling of the M5 (Polygon motor)
33,071rpm (7228/7222)
[11]
FM7*1
*1
7235 only
2-9
WRITE UNIT
2.2
Operation
2.2.1
Image writing
The image data from the CCD sensor is converted into digital form by the ADB (A/D conversion board),
and its image processing is then carried out on the SCB (System control board). Based on the processed
image data, the image is written onto the drum by the laser beam output from the LDB (LD drive board).
II UNIT EXPLANATION
2.2.2
Write control
b.
Executed once for every 20 copies added up. However, when 20 copies are added up in the middle of
the job, the execution is made at the time of completion of the job.
Anytime other than while in copying
When the sub power is turned on. However, this is subject to the settings 6 and 7 of the DIPSW16 in
the 25 mode.
2-10
DRUM UNIT
3. DRUM UNIT
3.1
Composition
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[6]
II UNIT EXPLANATION
SD7
M1
CB
HV
[5]
Symbol
[4]
[3]
[2]
Name
[1]
TCSB
Function or method
[1]
TSL
Separation support
(Transfer synchronization lamp) LED
[2]
[3]
[4]
Drum
[5]
Developing unit
[6]
2-11
DRUM UNIT
Symbol
Name
Function or method
[7]
PCL
(Pre-charging exposure lamp)
[8]
Cleaning/recycle section
[9]
Separation claw
[10]
II UNIT EXPLANATION
M1
Main motor
24VDC drive
Driving of the drum, cleaning/recycling section
HV
TCSB
*1
Control is made so that an output value becomes a little higher for a thick paper and a little lower for a
thin paper as compared with a plain paper.
Caution:
A copy should not be made when the ADU door is open with the interlock forcibly turned on. Otherwise, the contact (spring) of the ADU door develops high voltage and you may get an electric
shock.
2-12
DRUM UNIT
[3]
[1]
[2]
[1]
ADU door
[3]
[2]
Contact
[4]
3.2
3.2.1
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[4]
Operation
Image formation timing (when copying two sheets)
[1]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[3]
[3]
7322ma2020
2-13
DRUM UNIT
B. In the case of the 7235/7228/7222
M1 (Main motor)
II UNIT EXPLANATION
HV (Charging corona)
HV (Developing bias)
HV (Transfer corona)
HV (Separation corona)
HV (Paper entrance guide plate)
TSL (Transfer synchronization lamp)
DS7 (Separation claw solenoid)
PS2 (Fixing exit sensor)
[3]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[3]
2-14
7322ma2012
DEVELOPING UNIT
4. DEVELOPING UNIT
4.1
Composition
7235/7228/7222
M1
[4]
[5]
II UNIT EXPLANATION
CB
7145
M1
M3
CB
HV
[3]
Symbol
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
7322ma2003e
Name
TDS (Toner density sensor)
Function or method
Detection of toner density in the developing unit
Developing sleeve
L detection method
Coveyance of developing materials by magnetic force to the
drum surface
Two-component developing method (developing materials:
Toner + Carrier)
Developing bias voltage applied
[3]
[4]
Agitator screw
[5]
Agitator wheel
M1
M3*1
*1
Main motor
Developing motor
7145 only
2-15
DEVELOPING UNIT
4.2
4.2.1
Operation
Developing control
II UNIT EXPLANATION
4.2.2
The TDS (Toner density sensor) uses the L detection method (detection of permeability in developing
materials) to detect the toner density of developing materials. The value thus obtained is compared with
the standard value of the toner density for the L detection adjustment that is recorded in the PCU contained in the CB (Main body control board) to see if toner should be supplied or not. (For details of toner
supply, see 5. Toner supply/cleaning/recycling section.)
2-16
Composition
[4]
[5]
[9]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[1]
M10
[2]
CB
SD9
M4
Symbol
[1]
Name
Toner collection sheet
[3]
Function or method
Collection of toner separated by the cleaning blade from the drum
surface
Rotating collection method
[2]
Cleaning blade
Drun cleaning
Drum contact/separation method
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
Toner bottle
[7]
Agitation of toner supplied from the toner bottle and the cleaning/
recycle section, and conveyance of the toner to the toner conveyance screw
Screw method
[8]
II UNIT EXPLANATION
M1
Name
Function or method
[9]
M1
Main motor
Driving of the toner collection sheet and the collected toner con-
Photosensor
veyance screw
II UNIT EXPLANATION
Driving of the toner conveyance screw and the toner agitator plate
Stepping motor
M10
Toner bottle
Stepping motor
SD9
Toner solenoid
5.2
5.2.1
Operation
Toner supply control when the toner level in the toner supply section gets reduced
2-18
Toner supply control when toner density in the developing unit gets reduced
2.01V or less
2.02 to 2.08V
0 sec.
0.10 sec.
2.09 to 2.16V
2.17 to 2.23V
0.20 sec.
0.30 sec.
2.24 to 2.31V
2.32 to 2.39V
0.40 sec.
0.50 sec.
2.40V or more
0.70 sec.
2-19
II UNIT EXPLANATION
(Toner supply motor 1) and the SD9 (Toner solenoid) are turned on to start to replenish toner up to the
specified level of density.
Composition
[18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23] [24] [25]
[26] [27]
SD1
MC2
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[17]
M9
[1]
SD3
[2]
[16]
CB
[15]
[14]
[13]
SD2
PFDB/U
PFDB/L
[9]
Name
[4] [3]
Function or method
[1]
[2]
sensor VR)
PS20
pass tray
Detection of paper size in the direction of the length of the by-
[3]
pass tray
Detection of the presence of bypass feed paper
Conveyance roller
PS22 (Timing sensor/L)
Paper conveyance
Detection of tray 2 paper conveyance condition
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
Feed roller
PS12 (Tray set sensor/L)
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[4]
[5]
[6]*1
*1
2
7145/7235/7228 only
2-20
Function or method
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
Feed roller
PS21 (Timing sensor/U)
[22]
Conveyance roller
Paper conveyance
[23]
[20]
[21]*1
tion ON/OFF
[24]
Registration roller
Paper conveyance
[25]
[26]
Conveyance roller
Feed roller
Paper conveyance
Bypass tray paper feed
[27]
M9
Paper feed
Paper feed system drive, DC brushless PLL control
MC2
SD1
Loop clutch
1st paper feed solenoid/U
SD2
SD3
PFDB/U
PFDB/L
CB
Main body control board
*1
7145/7235/7228 only
6.2
6.2.1
Overall control
Operation
Tray up drive control
Since the operation is the same for both the tray 1 and the tray 2, the explanation is given of the tray 1.
When the paper feed tray is set, the PS9 (Tray set sensor/U) detects the tray with the M7 (Tray motor/U)
turned on. This causes the paper up/down plate in the tray to go up. When the PS7 (Upper limit sensor/U)
detects the paper upper limit, the M7 is turned off. When the sheets of paper get reduced as they are being
fed through, the PS7 detects no remaining paper. At this time, the M7 is kept turned on until it detects the
paper upper limit again, and paper is raised up to the specified level at all times.
When the tray is removed, its coupling with the drive section is disconnected to let the paper up/down plate
go down by its own weight.
When papar is supplied by the bypass feed method and the SD3 (Bypass solenoid) turns on after the M9
(Paper feed motor) turns on, the bypass plate goes up to raise paper.
2-21
II UNIT EXPLANATION
Symbol
[1]
II UNIT EXPLANATION
6.2.3
Since the operation is the same for both the tray 1 and the tray 2, the explanation is given of the tray 1
only.
The remaining paper quantity is detected by the PS9 (Tray set sensor/U). As the remaining paper is getting reduced, the actuator provided on the rear side of the tray starts to ratate gradually as shown in the
drawing. The PS9 turns on and off each time it passes through a slit. The remaining paper quantity is
detected by counting the number of ON/OFF's after the installation of the tray.
0 count: Full 1 count: Medium 2 counts: Low
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1]
[3]
Slit 1
[2]
[4]
[5]
Slit 2
Actuator
2-22
The paper size in the tray is detected by the CB (Main body control board), using signals sent from the
PFDB/U (Paper feed detection board/U) and the PFDB/L (Paper feed detection board/L).
The paper size in the tray is set by the SW1 of the PFDB/U and the PFDB/L, and the CB detects a switch
signal according to the position of the SW1. The table below shows the relationship between the switch
signal and the paper size.
Paper size
Switch signal
Tray 1
Tray 2
8.5 x 14
11 x 17
B5
B5
B4
B4
A5R
A5R
A4
A4
A4R
A4R
F4
A3
5.5 x 8.5R
F4
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 11R
8.5 x 11R
SIZE A
SIZE B
SIZE C
SIZE D
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
Switch signal
Tray 1
Tray 2
8.5 x 14
11 x 17
B5R
A5R
B4
A4
A5R
A4R
A4
A3
A4R
F4
F4
5.5 x 8.5R
5.5 x 8.5R
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 11R
8.5 x 11R
8.5 x 14
SIZE A
SIZE B
SIZE C
SIZE D
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
2-23
II UNIT EXPLANATION
FIXING UNIT
7. FIXING UNIT
7.1
Composition
[13]
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[12]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[1]
[2]
[3]
DCPS
[4]
FCB
CB
M11
SD4
[5]
[8]
Symbol
Name
[1]
Fixing pressure roller
[2]
[7]
[6]
Function or method
Fixing of toner by pressure
Silicon rubber + PFA tube
Toner fixing by means of heat
Aluminum + PFA coating
Temperature setting:
Idling: 376 to 369F
While in copy operation - Other than when feeding paper by the
by-pass tray in the single sided copy mode: 381F
While in copy operation - When feeding paper by the bypass tray
in the single sided copy mode (by selecting the type of paper)
Thick paper mode 1: 381 + 50F
Thick paper mode 2: 381 + 50F
Thin paper: 381 - 50F (Except the 7145)
Other than the above: 381F
Copying - 381 - 41F, when a double sided copy is being made.
Low power mode: 185F (can be changed in the 25 mode)
2-24
FIXING UNIT
Symbol
[3]
Name
Function or method
sensor/2)
roller
Contact type
sensor/1)
Contact type
[5]
Cleaning web
[6]
[7]
TS (Thermostat)
Protection of the fixing heat roller against high temperature abnormality (about 428F)
[4]
[8]
Contact type
Heating of the fixing heat roller (Sub)
[9]
AC drive
Heating of the fixing heat roller (Main)
[10]
Fixing guide
AC drive
Paper conveyance guide, pressure/release of the fixing pressure
[11]
roller
Detection of paper at the fixing unit exit
[12]
Neutralizing brush
Photosensor + actuator
Neutralizing of paper that is exited
Fixing claw
Fixing motor
24V drive
Prevention of noise leak in the drive power for L3 (Fixing heater lamp
[13]
M11
SD4
FCB
/2)
220V system only
2-25
II UNIT EXPLANATION
FIXING UNIT
7.2
7.2.1
Operation
Fixing temperature control
The CB (Main body control board) uses the TH1 (Fixing temperature sensor/1) and the TH2 (Fixing temperature sensor/2) to detect the temperature of the fixing heating roller, and turns on and off the L2 (Fixing
heater lamp/1) and the L3 (Fixing heater lamp/2) separately through the DCPS (DC power source) to
maintain both the TH1 and the TH2 at the specified temperature.
II UNIT EXPLANATION
A. Warm-up
The CB (Main body control board) turns on the fixing heater lamp circuit within the DCPS (DC power
source) immediately after the SW2 turns on, and keeps the L2 (Fixing heater lamp/1) and L3 the (Fixing heater lamp/2) turned on until the fixing heat roller reaches the specified temperature.
Once warm-up has completed, the CB switches the L2 and the L3 on and off so that the fixing heat
roller can be maintained to the set temperature for idling.
7.2.2
Warm-up time: 30 seconds or less (at the room temperature of 68F) (7145)
Warm-up time: 19 seconds or less (at the room temperature of 68F) (7235/7228/7222)
Cleaning web control
For each output of paper, the cleaning web is let off to be wound up.
The SD4 (Cleaning web solenoid) turns on based on the output of the PS2, causing the cleaning web to be
driven to start a wind-up operation.
[1]
[1]
[2]
[2]
2-26
100 msec
Composition
[9]
[10]
M11
[1]
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[2]
SD5
[3]
[4]
CB
M9
[5]
7145
M6
[6]
7235/7228/7222
CB
ADUDB
M6
[7]
[8]
7322ma2004e
Symbol
Name
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Paper conveyance through the ADU intermediate section and the correction of paper curling (7145)
7228/7222)
[5]
[6]
Function or method
Motor drive
Paper conveyance through the ADU intermediate section
Switching sheet
Motor drive
Switching of conveyance path at the paper reverse section
Switching by means of the elasticity of the PET sheet
2-27
Name
Function or method
Paper conveyance through the ADU exit and switching of the conveyance direction
[7]
ADU roller
[8]
[9]
Paper exit
Motor drive
Photosensor + actuator
Motor drive
[10]
Switching guide
II UNIT EXPLANATION
Solenoid drive
ADUDB ADU drive board
*1
M6
M9
ADU motor
Stepping motor
Driving of the decurler roller (7145 only) and the ADU conveyance
rollers/2
DC brushless motor, PLL control
SD5
M11
Fixing motor
*1
2-28
8.2
8.2.1
Operation
Switching control of the paper exit/ADU conveyance path
[1]
[7]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[7]
[4]
[8]
2-29
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[8]
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[8]
[7]
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[7]
[4]
[8]
[1]
[1]
2-30
[1]
[1]
8.2.2
[2]
[2]
7322ma2005
When a sheet of paper, the front of which has been printed in the double sided mode is conveyed to the
ADU unit, it is further conveyed to the ADU roller by the decurler roller (7145) or conveyance roller (except
the 7145) and the ADU conveyance rollers/2 which are in turn driven by the M9 (Paper feed motor).
2-31
II UNIT EXPLANATION
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[9]
[1]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[7]
ADU roller
Switching sheet
[3]
[4]
[8]
[9]
[5]
2-32
7322ma2006
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[7]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
7322ma2007
[1]
[2]
Loop roller
PS4 (ADU sensor)
[5]
[6]
DB
ADU roller
[3]
[4]
Switching sheet
ADU driven roller
[7]
F 600mm/s
230mm/s
R 230mm/s
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[6]
2-33
F 600mm/s
*1
R *1
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
7322ma2013
*1
165mm/s (7235)
140mm/s (7228/7222)
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[6]
2-34
INTERFACE SECTION
9. INTERFACE SECTION
9.1
Composition
[1]
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[2]
[3]
[4]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[1]
7322ma2008
Symbol
Name
Function or method
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
(IEEE1284 (Compatible,
Nible, ECP))
2-35
NETWORK SECTION
II UNIT EXPLANATION
TCP/IP service
Function name
Function
Purpose
Arp
Obtain IP address
Remarks
BootP
Obtain IP address
DHCP
Obtain IP address
DNS
Settle IP address
FTP Client
Scan to FTP
FTP Server
Scan to Box
IPP
LPD/LPR
{
{
Print
Print
Raw Socket
SMTP
Scan to Email
POP
POP before SMTP
{
{
HTTP 1.1
server access
WebUtility
SNMP v1
(SNMP over TCP)
MIB access
SNMP v1
MIB access
Netware service
Telnet
SLP
X
X
Bindery
NDS (including simul-
{
{
Print
Print
taneous support of
Bindery)
PServer mode
RPrinter/NPrinter mode
NDPS (Gateway)
{
Print
Ethernet II)
AppleTalk service
EtherTalk PAP
MS Network service
2-36
Corresponding in general
purpose Gateway
OTHER CONTROLS
NF
DCPS
CBR2
AC(N)
The follwing components are powered regardless of whether the SW1 (Main power switch) is on or off,
provided that the power cord remains plugged in.
A. CBR 1 and CBR 2 (Circuit breakers/1 and /2)
The circuit breakers serve to protect internal components against damage from short circuit. If current
exceeds the specified value, the circuit breaker(s) will go off, cutting the power to the system.
B. NF (Noise filter)
This filter reduces noises that enter through the power line.
C. DCPS (DC power source)
This supplies power to each unit, and also controls the ON/OFF state of the fixing heater lamp.
2-37
II UNIT EXPLANATION
AC(H)
OTHER CONTROLS
+12VDC
-12VDC
-12VDC
+5VDC
+5VDC
SW1
+12VDC
II UNIT EXPLANATION
-12VDC
+5VDC
+12VDC
-12VDC
SCB
+24VDC
DCPS
+5VDC
PTC
(OPTION)
OB
SGND
+5VDC
SUB_SW
SW2
PSW2B
FK-102/FL-102
(OPTION)
IP-432
(OPTION)
7322ma2009
Setting the SW1 (Main power switch) to the ON position supplies AC power to the DCPS (DC power
source) which in turn supplies +12DVC, -12VDC, and +5DVC to the SCB (System control board). The
DCPS also supplies +5DVC to the OB (Operation board) through the SCB.
When the PTC (Internal heater) is provided as an option for service parts, according to the setting of the
25 mode DIP SW16-2, +24VDC is supplied to the PTC (Heater) from the DCPS (DC power source).
If options such as a printer controller (IP-432) and/or fax control board (FK-102 Type A/FL-102) are
installed, +12VDC, -12VDC and +5VDC are also supplied to these options through the SCB (System control board).
In the automatic start-up mode, the same operation is made consecutively as when the SW2 (Sub power
switch) is turned on according to the discretion of the SCB (System control board).
2-38
OTHER CONTROLS
In the case of the 7235/7228/7222
+12VDC
+5VDC
+5VDC
OB
SW1
+12VDC
+5VDC
+12VDC
+5VDC
SCB
+24VDC
DCPS
SGND
+5VDC
SUB_SW
SW2
PSW2B
FK-103/FL-103
(OPTION)
IP-424
(OPTION)
PTC
(OPTION)
7322ma2021
Setting the SW1 (Main power switch) to the ON position supplies AC power to the DCPS (DC power
source) which in turn supplies +12DVC and +5DVC to the SCB (System control board). The DCPS also
supplies +5DVC to the OB (Operation board) through the SCB.
When the PTC (Internal heater) is provided as an option for service parts, according to the setting of the
25 mode DIP SW16-2, +24VDC is supplied to the PTC (Heater) from the DCPS (DC power source).
If options such as a printer controller (IP-424) and/or fax control board (FK-103/FL-103) are installed,
+12VDC and +5VDC are also supplied to these options through the SCB (System control board). However, when the LAN cables are not connected with none of these options provided, a part of the section
within the SCB (System control board) is not supplied with +5 VDC.
In the automatic start-up mode, the same operation is made consecutively as when the SW2 (Sub power
switch) is turned on according to the discretion of the SCB (System control board).
11.2.2
The SW2 (Sub power switch) is located on the PSW2B (Power SW2 board). Upon the SW2 on, an ON signal is sent from the SW2 to the SCB (System control board) through the OB (Operation board). As a result,
the SCB sends a control signal to the DCPS (DC power source), thus causing the DCPS to supply
+12VDC, -12VDC (7145 only) and +5VDC to all of the boards and options, including the CB (Main body
control board).
The SCB (System control board) then sends to the DCPS (DC power source) a control signal that causes
the DCPS to generate +24VDC. This 24VDC power is supplied to all of the drive boards and options.
2-39
II UNIT EXPLANATION
+12VDC
OTHER CONTROLS
II UNIT EXPLANATION
DCPS
FM1
CB
FM2
FM3
FM4
FM5
FM6
FM7
Symbol
Name
FM1
DC power supply cooling fan
Function or method
Cooling of the DCPS (DC power source)
FM2*1
FM3
FM4
FM5
Cooling of the drum unit, the write unit and their surroundings
Prevention against scattering of toner around the developing unit
FM6
FM7*2
high
Cooling of the interior of the developing unit
FM7*3
*1
*2
7145/7235 only
7145 only
*3
7235 only
2-40
OTHER CONTROLS
11.3.2
Fan operation
[1]
M1 (Main motor)
M3 (Developing motor)*2
II UNIT EXPLANATION
[1]
*1
*2
7145 only
In the case of the 7235/7228/7222, the operation of the fan, that is based on whether the M3 (Developing motor) turns ON or OFF while in the 7145, is based on whether the M1 (Main motor) turns ON or
OFF.
*3
*4
7145 only
7235 only
B. Operation of FM4 (Internal cooling fan/1)
(1) ON/OFF timing
The FM4 (Internal cooling fan/1) is turned on when the machine-inside temperature sensor provided
on the TCSB (Toner control sensor board) detects a temperature of 109F, and turned off when the
temperature gets below 105F.
(2) Abnormality detection
The internal temperature sensor installed on the TCSB (Toner control sensor board) detects a temperature of 136F, error code F22-1 is displayed on the operation unit and the machine is stopped.
2-41
OTHER CONTROLS
SW2
SGND
SUB_SW
II UNIT EXPLANATION
PSW2B
LCD
LCDB
INV2
PAKB
SCB
OB
SP
(OPTION)
Symbol
Name
SW2
Sub power switch
Function or method
Power switch for the operating section
Does not function when the SW1 (Main power switch) is off.
LED packaging to display the on/off status of the SW1 (Main
LCD
power switch)
Use to display various information
LCDB
INV2
Display board
Display inverter
PAKB
SP
Speaker
OB
Operation board
Used to control the PSW2B (Power SW2 board), the LCD (Display board), the INV2 (Display inverter) and the PAKB (Panel key
LCD
board), and also used to control the LED inside the OB and the
ten-key
2-42
OTHER CONTROLS
Counter composition
SCB
OB
7235/7228/7222
II UNIT EXPLANATION
7145
TC
(OPTION)
TC
CB
KC
(OPTION)
PS2
7322ma2011e
Symbol
Name
OB
Operation board
TC
Total counter
KC
Function or method
Displays the number of copies by means of the LED.
(7235/7228/7222 optional)
Key counter (optional)
PS2
11.5.2
Counter operation
This machine uses the following two software counters to count the number of copies. However, the content of the number display counter on the OB (Operation board) may differ depending on the operating
condition of the machine.
A. Paper feed counter
This counter increments when the 1st paper feed for the next copy comes ON.
B. Paper exit counter
This counter increments when the PS2 (Fixing exit sensor) goes ON OFF.
C. Number display counter on the OB (Operation board)
Normal operation
Jam
Indicator shows a count from the paper feed counter. Indicator shows a count from the paper exit counter.
2-43
II UNIT EXPLANATION
OTHER CONTROLS
Blank page
2-44
EXTERNAL SECTION
III DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Caution:
Make sure the power cord of the copier is
unplugged from the power outlet before disassembly or assembly.
1. EXTERNAL SECTION
1.1
1. Remove the 4 screws [1], and remove the scanner exterior/R [2].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
B. Procedure
[1]
Note:
If an unusual noise is emitted when you open or
close the bypass tray, clean the ADU door rib [3]
with alcohol.
[1]
[2]
[3]
2. Remove the ozone filter [1].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note:
When installing the ozone filter, take care not to
break it.
[1]
3-1
EXTERNAL SECTION
1.2
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
steps in reverse.
Note:
When installing the suction filter/A, be sure to
install it so that the white filter face is turned to the
inside of the main body.
[3]
[2]
Note:
[1]
[2]
3-2
7145ma3130
DRIVE SECTION
2. DRIVE SECTION
2.1
Caution:
Be sure to remove the drum unit from the
main body before removing or reinstalling
the main motor unit. If the drum unit is in
place at this time, the drum will rotate when
you install or remove the drum rotating plate,
resulting in possible damage to the cleaning
blade.
[6]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
A. Procedure
1. Remove the developing unit and drum unit from
cover/B [2].
3. Remove the 2 screws [3], and remove the cord
cover/A [4].
4. Remove the 9 screws [5], and remove the rear
[5]
cover [6].
[3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
7322ma3001
[5]
6. Remove the 3 screws [4], and remove the wirebundle guide plate [5].
[4] [3]
[1]
[1]
[2]
3-3
DRIVE SECTION
7. Remove the 15 screws [1], and remove the
[4]
[1]
[1]
[3]
9. Remove the various wiring connectors from the
SCB (System control board) [1].
[2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
Note:
Be very careful when handling the ribbon cable
connector from the SCB (System control board).
[1]
[2] [3]
[2]
[2] [3]
[2] [3]
[4]
[2] [1]
[3]
[2]
7322ma3002
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[1]
3-4
[5]
7322ma3003
DRIVE SECTION
2.2
Caution:
Be sure to remove the drum unit from the
main body before carry out the following procedure. If the drum unit is in place at this
time, the drum will rotate when you install or
remove the drum rotating plate, resulting in
possible damage to the cleaning blade.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the system control board unit.
[2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
[3]
[1]
[2]
3-5
DRIVE SECTION
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[3]
steps in reverse.
[2]
Note:
When installing the registration clutch [1], be sure
to set the groove of the clutch detent in the stopper [3].
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
2.3
A. Procedure
1. Remove the system control board unit.
For removal procedure, see 2.1 Removing and
reinstalling the motor units (main, fixing, feed,
developing).
2. Remove the wire bundle from the clamp on the
conveyance drive panel [1].
3. Remove the 2 E-rings [2], 3 screws [3] and 2
[1]
[3]
[4]
[2]
4. Remove the E-ring [1], then remove the gear [2]
and the connector [3], remove the gear [4] at the
front, and then remove the clutch [5].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5]
[3]
[4]
[1]
3-6
[2]
DRIVE SECTION
2.4
A. Procedure
1. Move the lock lever [1] forward to release the
lock, then pull out the ribbon cable [2].
[1]
3-7
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]
DRIVE SECTION
2.5
A. Procedure
1. Move the lock lever [1] forward, then insert the
ribbon cable [2] firmly into the connector while
[2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
[2]
[1]
3-8
[3]
SCANNER SECTION
3. SCANNER SECTION
3.1
Note:
The paint-locked screws [1] must not be
[1]
[1]
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
In the case of the 7235/7228/7222
[1]
[1]
[1]
3-9
7322ma3004
SCANNER SECTION
3.2
A. Procedure
1. Remove the 2 screws [1].
2. Remove the operating section stopper [2].
3. Remove the 2 screws [3] for each position. And
then install the angle adjustment member [4] in
the specified position.
The angle adjustment member corresponds to 7
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
[4]
[2]
3-10
[3]
SCANNER SECTION
3.3
A. Procedure
1. Open the ADU door [1].
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
3-11
[3]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[3]
SCANNER SECTION
4. Loosen the 2 screws [1] and remove the front
[2]
[1]
[3]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
3-12
SCANNER SECTION
6. Remove the 3 screws [1], and remove the oper-
[2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
3-13
SCANNER SECTION
3.4
[1]
[2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
4. Remove the 4 screws [1] and remove the scanner exterior/L [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
3-14
SCANNER SECTION
5. Remove the 7 screws [1] and remove the scan-
[1]
[1]
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]
[1]
3-15
SCANNER SECTION
6. Remove the 2 screws [1] of the slit glass
[1]
[5]
[2]
[6]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
3-16
[3]
[4]
SCANNER SECTION
3.5
A. Procedure
1. Remove the platen glass.
2. Remove the 2 screws [1], and remove the photo
[3]
[2]
[5]
[1]
[6]
[4]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[5]
[3]
[3]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
7145ma3052
steps in reverse.
Note:
Be sure to perform image adjustment after installing the CCD unit. (See I Adjustment section.)
3-17
SCANNER SECTION
3.6
Caution:
Do not touch the exposure lamp's lamp area
with bare hands.
A. Procedure
[2]
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
4. Shift the exposure unit [1] to the center of the
main body frame.
[2]
[3]
5. Remove the 2 screws [2], and remove the auxiliary reflecting mirror [3].
[1]
3-18
[3]
[2]
[1]
SCANNER SECTION
3.7
A. Removal procedure
1. Remove the RADF.
[5]
[2]
[1]
[6]
[4]
[3]
B. Installation procedure
1. Fit the exposure unit into the main body.
2. Insert the front exposure unit mount fitting/F [2],
/R [3] into the corresponding slits in the expo-
[4]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
sure unit.
3. Shift the V mirror unit [4] to the exit side.
Through the front, insert the two optics unit positioning jig [5] so that they are at the installation
location for the exposure unit. Pass the jig [5]
through the V mirror unit [4] to fasten it in place.
Position the exposure unit [1] by pushing it
against the frame on the right side of the unit.
Note:
Be sure to the use optics unit positioning jig when
reinstalling the exposure unit.
4. Fasten the exposure unit mount fittings/F, /R
into place (1 screw in each fitting).
5. Remove the optics unit positioning jig.
6. Finish installation by reversing the sequence of
the removal procedure.
3-19
[5]
[3]
[2]
SCANNER SECTION
3.8
A. Procedure
1. Remove the RADF.
[2]
[1]
[4]
[5]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[8]
[5]
[9]
3-20
[7]
[3]
[6]
[6]
SCANNER SECTION
3.9
A. Procedure
1. Loosen the set screw of the drive pulley [1] on
one side so that the drive pulley can rotate
[8]
[6]
[2]
[3]
[8]
[6]
[3]
The end with the metal ball [7] at the tip winds
around the inside of the pulley shaft [8].
Wind so that the two ends of the wire come off
[7]
[8]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[7]
[2]
[3]
Note:
When winding wire around pulleys, be sure that
the winds are close. Be careful to avoid overlap.
When changing the wire, be sure to use the
optics unit positioning jig.
4. On the metal ball [1] side, pass the optical wire
[1]
[8]
[4]
[3] [2]
[6]
the frame.
5. On the right side, pass the wire so that it passes
[2]
[5]
[7]
[4]
[5]
washer [10].
[8]
3-21
[10]
[9]
SCANNER SECTION
6. Position the V-mirror unit by using the optics unit
positioning jig.
7. After temporary fastening, use a spring balancer
to apply 1.3 ~ 1.7kg of tension to the front and
rear optical wires in the arrow direction, then
fully tighten the nuts [1].
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
3-22
[1]
WRITE UNIT
4. WRITE UNIT
4.1
Warning:
Never supply power while the write unit is
out of its proper installed position.
Do not open the cover of the write unit while
power is being supplied. Shining of the laser
beam on the eye may cause blindness.
Note:
When removing the write unit, take care to avoid
touching with the write mirror and the dust proof
glass. (Touching these
scratches and smudges.)
areas
may
leave
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[6]
[1]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[2]
3-23
WRITE UNIT
5. Remove the write cleaning knob [2] from the
dust proof glass cleaning rod [1] and then puch
the rod [1] to inside of main body.
[1]
6. Remove the 11 screws [1], and remove the write
cover [2].
[2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
[2]
[1]
3-24
[2]
WRITE UNIT
8. Disconnect the 3 connectors [1] .
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
In the case of the 7235/7228/7222
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[3]
[1]
[1]
3-25
[2]
[4]
7322ma3005
WRITE UNIT
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note:
Reinstall the write unit while inserting the front
edge of the cooling air guide sheet [1] into the
specified position.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
3-26
DRUM UNIT
5. DRUM UNIT
5.1
[2]
2. Open the ADU door [1], and open the conveyance unit [2].
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
Note:
[3]
[4]
[5]
3-27
DRUM UNIT
5.2
A. Procedure
1. Remove the drum unit from the main body.
2. Set the unit so the drum is to the top.
[5]
3. Remove the cleaning rod's [1] shaft stopper fitting [2], and pull out the cleaning rod [1].
[7]
[4]
[6]
only).
6. Remove the back side (rear side) of the charging corona unit [5] in the arrow-marked direction
[6] and remove it by sliding in the arrow-marked
direction [7].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
7322ma3006
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
Note:
Be careful not to bend excessively the charging
corona pressure spring.
5.3
A. Procedure
1. Remove the drum unit from the main body.
2. Remove the charging corona unit. Move the
[2]
3-28
[1]
DRUM UNIT
5.4
A. Procedure
1. Remove the drum unit from the main body.
[2]
[4]
[1]
[3]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
5.5
[1]
[2]
[3]
3-29
DRUM UNIT
4. Remove the 2 screws [1], and remove the drum
bearing [2].
5. Remove the 2 semicircular seal blocks [3] (one
[3]
[1]
Note:
Take care to avoid scratching the drum's light
sensitive areas and the cleaning blade. Do not
touch these areas with bare hands.
When removing or installing, never allow the
drum to bump against the plate-metal part of the
cleaning blade.
If you are going to place the drum in storage, be
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
3-30
[2]
DRUM UNIT
C. Installing procedure
Note:
Be sure that the toner collection sheet makes
contact with the entire span of the drum, with no
gaps.
1. Coat the entire surface of the drum with setting
powder.
[5]
2. Fit the long convex end [2] of the drum [1] into
the rear side of the unit, then set the drum down
(one at each end of the drum).
[3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
drawing right.
NG
[4]
OK
[4]
[4]
3-31
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[3]
DRUM UNIT
5. Using the jig [1] included on the drum unit cover,
rotate the drum clockwise and confirm that there
are no gaps in the setting powder coat, and that
the toner collection sheet and cleaning blade
are smooth, etc.
6. Finish installation by reversing the sequence of
the removal procedure.
Note:
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
3-32
[1]
DRUM UNIT
5.6
A. Procedure
1. Remove the drum unit from the main body.
2. Remove the drum from the drum unit.
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[3]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]
[1]
3-33
DRUM UNIT
5.7
[2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
Note:
When installing the Transfer/Separation corona
unit, be sure that the cleaning material is in home
position at the rear side.
[1]
5.8
Note:
Do not remove the screw that must not be
removed [2] of the paper entrance guide plate [1].
[1]
[2]
3-34
DRUM UNIT
A. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer and separation corona unit
from the main body.
[2]
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]
[1]
[1]
[4]
block.
5. Remove the spring [2] from each wire, and
remove the wires [3].
[2]
Note:
When removing the wire, be careful that the wire
holding rubber that is in touch with the V-shaped
rack [4] does not get lost.
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note:
When installing the wire, be sure that the cleaning
block is in home position at the right side. Stretch
the wire so that it fits into the V holders [4].
3-35
[3]
[4]
DEVELOPING UNIT
6. DEVELOPING UNIT
6.1
Note:
The 4 screws [1] right must not be removed or
adjusted in the field. Please do not interfere with
[1]
these screws.
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
6.2
[1]
[2]
[3]
3-36
DEVELOPING UNIT
6.3
[2]
[1]
agitator input gear [2] counterclockwise as necessary to discharge all developer from within the
developing unit and from the developing sleeve
[3].
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
[2]
[3]
4. Wipe away any toner remaining on the developing regulator plate [4].
[4]
5. Pour new developer evenly over the agitator
screws [1].
[1]
Note:
When carrying out replacement, take care to prevent dirt and debris from entering the system.
6. Rotate the agitator input gear [2] 1 counterclockwise so that the developer moves into the inside
of the developing unit.
[2]
Note:
After installing new developer, do not turn the
developer-input gear or agitator input gear in the
clockwise (reverse) direction.
3-37
DEVELOPING UNIT
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 as necessary to load all of
the developer.
[2]
8. Rotate the developing input gear counterclockwise and check the bristle height along the
entire surface of the developing sleeve.
9. Reinstall the developing cover while hooking the
cover onto the projection [1]. Be careful to keep
the cover clear of the scatter prevention sheet
[2].
Note:
After replacing developer, carry out L detection
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
3-38
[1]
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door [1], and then open the toner
supply cover [2].
2. Pull the toner bottle [3] slightly out, and turn it
[1]
7.2
[3]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]
A. Procedure
1. Remove the drum unit and developing unit.
2. Remove the toner bottle.
[3]
3-39
[2]
[1]
7.3
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]
[1]
4. Remove the cleaning blade [1].
Note:
Be careful of the cleaning blade edge. Do not
touch the edge with bare hands, and take care to
avoid scratching it.
[1]
3-40
[2]
[1]
Note:
When installing the cleaning blade [1], install so
that the unit's transparent sheet [2] is oriented as
shown in the diagram.
Before installing the drum and cleaning blade
(regardless of whether new or used), be sure to
coat these with setting powder. Apply the powder
around the entire drum, and on both sides of the
blade.
If you have coated setting powder onto the drum:
Before installing the drum unit rear into the main
body, use an drum cleaner cloth to remove stray
3-41
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]
[2].
[1]
3. Remove the 2 screws [1], then
bypass sensor.
remove the
[2]
3-42
[1]
[4]
[5]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[2]
[4]
[1]
Note:
When reinstalling rollers, pay attention to their ori-
[3]
entation.
[2]
3-43
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
steps in reverse.
8.2
[2]
(bypass).
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
2. Remove the 2 screws [1], and remove the bypass double feed prevention roller unit [2].
[1]
[4]
[6]
[5]
[1]
steps in reverse.
Note:
When reinstalling double feed prevention roller
[5], pay attention to their orientation.
[1]
[3]
[2]
7145ma3006
3-44
8.3
B. Procedure
1. Open the ADU door, and then open the conveyance unit.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
[3]
3-45
[3]
[5]
[4]
[1]
7. Remove the collar [1] and pull out the feed shaft
[2].
[2]
[8]
[1]
[7]
[6]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[3].
9. Remove the stop ring [5] and pull out the paper
[2]
[1]
[9] [5]
steps in reverse.
[4]
Note:
Be sure to install the feed rubber [4] so that the
paint mark [9] is turned in the direction as shown
in the illustration.
Install the paper feed roller unit so that the hook
of the paper feed roller unit comes above the
paper feed roller unit release arm.
3-46
[3]
[11]
[10]
8.4
[1]
[2]
off.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[5]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
6. Pull out the lever click shaft [1] while pushing
the lever section [2] of the lever click shaft [1].
7. Remove the double feed prevention rubber [4]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[2]
[1]
3-47
[1]
steps in reverse.
Note:
[3]
Be sure to install the double feed prevention rubber so that the paint mark [5] above is turned in
the direction as shown in the illustration.
When installing the double feed prevention roller
unit [1] to the main body, be sure to align the
[2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
8.5
[1]
[2]
3-48
[4]
[3]
[1]
[1]
[2]
4. Remove the collar [1] and pull out the feed shaft
[2].
5. Remove the feed rubber [4] from the feed roller
[8]
[7]
[2]
[1]
[9] [5]
steps in reverse.
[4]
Note:
Be sure to install the feed rubber [4] so that the
paint mark [9] is turned in the direction as shown
in the illustration.
Install the paper feed roller unit so that the hook
of the paper feed roller unit comes above the
paper feed roller unit release arm.
3-49
[3]
[11]
[10]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[6]
[3].
6. Remove the stop ring [5] and pull out the paper
8.6
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]
[3]
screw [2].
4. With the claws [3] on both ends sandwiched
from the inside of the main body, remove the
double feed prevention roller unit [4].
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
3-50
[1]
steps in reverse.
Note:
[3]
Be sure to install the double feed prevention rubber so that the paint mark [5] above is turned in
the direction as shown in the illustration.
When installing the double feed prevention roller
unit [1] to the main body, be sure to align the
[2]
Dust
1. Open the ADU door, and then open the conveyance unit.
[3]
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
8.7
[2]
Note:
Do not bend the metal plate of the paper dust
removing brush [1].
4. Clean the PET sheet [1] and the plastic part [2]
using a cleaning pad and a blower brush.
[1]
[2]
A. Installation procedure
1. Insert the paper dust removing brush [1] from
the rear side [2], and confirm that the hole [3] in
the brush [1] is engaged with the claw [4].
2. Finish installation by reversing the sequence of
the removal procedure.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
3-51
FIXING UNIT
9. FIXING UNIT
9.1
Caution:
The fixing unit remains extremely hot immediately after power is switched OFF. To avoid
injury from burns, do not begin work until the
fixing unit has cooled down sufficiently.
When installing the fixing unit, be sure to
firmly tighten the unit's 2 set screws.
A. Procedure
1. Open the ADU door [1] and the conveyance unit
[2], and loosen the 2 screws [4] holding the fixing unit [3] in place.
[4]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
2. Pull the fixing unit out toward you and remove it.
[2]
Note:
Do not touch the areas shown in the diagram right
when attaching or removing the fixing unit.
Observe care, as force applied to the fixing claw
and paper exit guide may result in the rollers
being scratched.
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
3-52
[3]
[1]
FIXING UNIT
9.2
Caution:
Do not touch the lamp area with bare hands.
[2]
[1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
[3]
3. Detach the faston terminal [1] at the rear of each
lamp.
Note:
The marking B is stamped on the hole of the
lamp support piece for the L3 (Fixing heater lamp
/3) [2].
[1]
[2]
3-53
FIXING UNIT
4. Detach the faston terminal [1] at the front of
[1]
each lamp.
5. Remove the 2 screws [2], and remove the lamp
support piece/F [3].
[3]
[2]
you to remove.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note:
When installing, be sure that manufacturer's mark
is mounted on the front side.
Do not allow the heater lamps to make contact
[5]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
Main
Sub
JAPAN
U.S.A.
[4]
EUROPE
OTHERS
Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear
White White Red Red Blue Blue
White Black Red Black Blue Black
3-54
FIXING UNIT
9.3
[4]
[3]
[5]
[2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
[2]
[2]
steps in reverse.
Note:
When installing the fixing claw, be sure that it is
oriented correctly.
Be sure that the claw is securely attached to the
claw spring.
When installing the fixing paper exit board/U to
the fixing unit, be careful not to damage the fixing
roller with the fixing claw.
[1]
3-55
FIXING UNIT
9.4
[1]
[2]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
web [2].
[1]
3-56
FIXING UNIT
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
Note:
When replacing the fixing web, be sure to rotate
the web drive gear [5] to wind up the edge in blue
line [1] of the fixing web until it comes between 0
and 10mm from the nip section [4] of the fixing
[4]
[1]
[6]
3-57
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[5]
FIXING UNIT
When installing the fixing claw unit, be careful
that the edge of the fixing claw pressing spring [1]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
OK
[1]
NG
3-58
FIXING UNIT
9.5
Removing/Reinstalling
the
Fixing Heat Roller, Fixing
Pressure Roller, Heat Insulating Sleeve/A, /B, Fixing
Idling gear /B, Fixing Bearing
/U, /L, Heater Lamp/1, /2
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
3-59
FIXING UNIT
B. Procedure
1. Remove the fixing unit from the main body.
[2]
[3]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[1]
sure.
8. Remove the C-ring [3] at the rear of the heat
roller [2], and then remove the gear [4] and heat
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[5]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[7]
[4]
[6]
9. Remove another C-ring [1], then remove the
[2]
[1]
[3]
Note:
When the installation, be sure that heat insulating
sleeves A and B are oriented and positioned correctly.
When replacing the heating insulating sleve/A [5],
apply solvest 240 [7] to the inside and outside
surfaces of the heat insulation sleeve/A [5] and
then install it.
3-60
[4]
FIXING UNIT
12. After removing the fixing pressure roller [1],
remove the E-ring at both sides and then
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[2]
7145ma3106
[3]
Note:
When replacing the fixing idling gear/B [3] with a
[4]
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
steps in reverse.
[3]
[2]
3-61
7322ma3007
FIXING UNIT
Note:
When returning the fixing web in use, be sure to
rotate the web drive gear [2] until the original web
winding shaft [1] starts to turn.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
[2]
[1]
3-62
[2]
FIXING UNIT
When installing the fixing claw unit, be careful
does not run on the web case.
OK
[1]
NG
3-63
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
FIXING UNIT
9.6
Caution:
After installing the fixing temperature sensors:
Make sure that the wire bundles are not in
contact with the fixing heat roller.
Make sure that the sensors them-selves (the
sensor areas) are in contact with the fixing
heat roller.
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
(7235/7228/7222)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the fixing unit from the main body.
[4]
[5]
[6]
[4]
[1]
3-64
[7]
[2]
[3]
FIXING UNIT
When returning the fixing web in use, be sure to
rotate the web drive gear until the original web
winding shaft [1] starts to turn.
[1]
When installing the fixing claw unit, be careful
that the edge of the fixing claw pressing spring [1]
OK
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
NG
3-65
FIXING UNIT
9.7
Caution:
This is an important safety part. (P/N:SP000110) Be sure to observe the following cautions and steps when removing or reinstalling.
Caution:
After installing the thermostat:
Make sure that the wire bundle is not in contact with the fixing heat roller.
Make sure that the thermostat itself is in con-
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
steps in reverse.
Note:
When installing the fuse mounting plate assembly, with the base plate sandwiched between the
units sheet materials, fasten it with the screw
while attaching it to the bottom side.
When connecting the Faston terminals of the
thermostat [1], be careful not to deform the plate
spring section. Be careful not to mix up the front
with the back of the Faston terminal.
3-66
FIXING UNIT
When returning the fixing web in use, be sure to
rotate the web drive gear until the original web
winding shaft [1] starts to turn after the assembling.
[1]
When installing the fixing claw unit, be careful
that the edge of the fixing claw pressing spring [1]
OK
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
[1]
NG
3-67
III DIS./ASSEMBLY
FIXING UNIT
Blank page
3-68
SERVICE MANUAL
Models
7145/7222/7228/7235
Service Section
APRIL 2004
7145/7222/7228/7235
SERVICE MANUAL
APRIL 2004
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of the possible hazards to an inexperienced
person servicing this equipment, as well as the risk of
damage to the equipment, Konica Minolta Business
Solutions U.S.A., Inc. strongly recommends that all
servicing be performed by Konica Minolta-trained service technicians only.
Changes may have been made to this equipment to
improve its performance after this service manual was
printed. Accordingly, Konica Minolta Business Solutions
U.S.A., Inc., makes no representations or warranties,
either expressed or implied, that the information contained in this service manual is complete or accurate. It
is understood that the user of this manual must assume
all risks or personal injury and/or damage to the equipment while servicing the equipment for which this service manual is intended.
CONTENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
CONTENTS
II ISW
ADJUSTMENT
III SERVICE
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
IV DIAGRAMS
7. 25 MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
7.1 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
CONTENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
8. 36 MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
II ISW
8.8
8.9
8.8.2
8.8.3
8.8.4
8.8.5
8.8.6
III SERVICE
IV DIAGRAMS
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
ii
CONTENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
II ISW
ISW
III SERVICE
II
III SERVICE
1. SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Service schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.1.1 7145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.2
7235 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
7228/7222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
7235/7228/7222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
DF-318/320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
1.2.4
1.2.5
DB-211/411 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
LT-203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
1.2.6
1.2.7
FS-112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
FS-113/RU-101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
1.2.8
1.2.9
FS-114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
PK-114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
7235/7228/7222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
DF-318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
1.3.4
DF-320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
iii
IV DIAGRAMS
1.1
CONTENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
1.3.5
1.4
1.5
DB-211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
1.3.6
DB-411 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
1.3.7
LT-203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
1.3.8
FS-112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
IV DIAGRAMS
III SERVICE
II ISW
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
IV DIAGRAMS
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
iv
CONTENTS
DF-318/320 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
I ADJUSTMENT
6.1
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
IV DIAGRAMS
III SERVICE
7.1
7.2
II ISW
7. APPENDIX
IV DIAGRAMS
III SERVICE
II ISW
I ADJUSTMENT
CONTENTS
Blank page
vi
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this copier as well as the risk of damage to
the copier, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter called the KMBT) strongly recommends that
all servicing be performed only by KMBT-trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this copier to improve its performance after this Service Manual was printed.
Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that the information contained in this Service
Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to the copier while servicing the copier for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the course of technical
training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of the copier properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
CAUTION is defined
When servicing the copier, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment, repair, maintenance,
etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.
General precaution
Electric hazard
High temperature
General prohibition
Do not disassemble
General instruction
Unplug
Ground/Earth
S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS
[1]
Konica Minolta brand copiers are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Copier design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical, physical, and electrical
aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at proper tolerances and safety factors. For
this reason, unauthorized modifications involve a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore strictly prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reasoning behind this policy.
Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT. Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.
Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with wire, metal clips, solder or similar object.
Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.) Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.
S-2
[2]
Konica Minolta brand copiers are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and customer engineer (hereafter called the CE) from the risk of
injury. However, in daily use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and eventual failure. In order
to maintain safety and reliability, the CE must perform regular safety checks.
1.Power Supply
kw
If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall outlet, the total load
must not exceed the rating of the wall outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.
If the power cord or sheath is damaged, replace with a new power cord
(with plugs on both ends) specified by KMBT.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the copier securely, a
contact problem may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and risk
of fire.
Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or pinched by a table and
so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
S-3
Check whether dust is collected around the power plug and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing dust may result in
fire.
Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and electric shock.
WARNING: Wiring
Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.
Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so using a too long
extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken up. Fire may
result.
S-4
CAUTION: Ventilation
Do not place the copier in a place where there is much dust, cigarette
smoke, or ammonia gas.
Place the copier in a well ventilated place to prevent machine problems
and image faults.
S-5
CAUTION: Ventilation
The copier generates ozone gas during operation, but it is not sufficient to be
harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases, ventilate the
room.
a. When the copier is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple copiers at the same time
CAUTION: Vibration
When installing the copier, read the Installation Guide thoroughly. Be sure to
install the copier in a level and sturdy place.
Constant vibration will cause problems.
Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the copier may slide, leading to a
injury.
S-6
Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for deterioration and
sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit incorporating a laser, make
sure that the power cord has been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply power with the write
unit shifted from the specified mounting position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose of the used lithium battery using the
method specified by local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
S-7
Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp edges, burrs, or
other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.
Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were
removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of copier trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
S-8
Do not replace the cover or turn the copier ON before any solvent remnants
on the cleaned parts have fully evaporated.
A risk of fire exists.
Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take care not to spill any
liquid. If this happens, immediately wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.
[3]
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately take emergency
measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evaluation must be carried
out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded through direct on-site
checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations given in Serious Accident
Report/Follow-up Procedures.
[4]
CONCLUSION
1. Safety of users and customer engineers depends highly on accurate maintenance and administration.
Therefore, safety can be maintained by the appropriate daily service work conducted by the customer
engineer.
2. When performing service, each copier on the site must be tested for safety. The customer engineer must
verify the safety of parts and ensure appropriate management of the equipment.
S-9
SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented
regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.
This copier is certified as a Class 1 laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined within
protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
S-10
SAFETY CIRCUITS
[2]
This machine is provided with the following safety circuits to prevent machine faults from resulting in seri-
ous accidents.
[1]
[2]
DCPS
TS
RL1
L3
TH1
[1]
RL1
TH2
L2
CB
Control
section
AC driver
section
FCB
CBR1
1.
DCPS
CBR2
1.
Protection by software
CAUTION:
The RL1 function must not be deactivated
S-11
3.
Protection by TS (thermostat)
When the fixing heat roller exceeds the specified value, TSs (thermostats) are turned OFF,
thus interrupting the power to L2 (fixing heater
lamp/1), and L3 (fixing heater lamp/2) directly.
CAUTION:
Do not use any other electrical conductor
in place of TS1 and TS2.
S-12
[1]
Main body
1.
Right side
<7145>
CAUTION
The fixing unit is very hot.
To avoid getting burned
DO NOT TOUCH.
CAUTION
This area generates
high voltage.
If touched, electrical
shock may occur.
DO NOT TOUCH!
CAUTION
(Inside of the main
body right side door)
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-13
7322sf002e
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-14
Front side
<7145>
7322sf003e
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-15
7322sf004e
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-16
7322sf005e
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-17
Scanner section
<7145>
7322sf006
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-18
7322sf007e
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-19
[2]
FS-113
CAUTION
This area is very hot.
To avoid getting
burned DO NOT
TOUCH.
CAUTION
To avoid injury, DO NOT put your hand on the top
of the printed sheets. Be sure to hold both sides
of the printed sheets when removing them, and
DO NOT leave your hand on the printed sheets
while the primary (main) tray goes up.
[3]
FS-113 Finisher
7322sf009
FS-114
FS-114 Finisher
7322sf010
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from.
Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot
be read, contact our Service Office.
S-20
ADJUSTMENT
Composition
2. ADJUSTMENTS WHEN
REPLACING PARTS
Adjustments (including checks) and settings are not
only required when a defective copy image occurs,
but also after replacing or reinstalling certain parts.
36
: 36 mode
47
: 47 mode
ority
sequence
for
adjustments (including
{ (Empty circle)
1-1
I ADJUSTMENT
PM cycle set
25
1-30
{
{
*1
{ *2
Process adjustment
L detection adjustment
36
1-46
Process adjustment
36
1-46
Process adjustment
36
1-47
Process adjustment
36
1-47
Process adjustment
36
1-48
Image adjustment
Magnification
adjustment
36
1-49
Image adjustment
Magnification
Vertical magnifi-
adjustment
36
1-51
Magnification
adjustment
36
1-52
36
1-51
36
1-52
36
1-53
36
1-54
36
1-55
10 Image adjustment
ner (RADF)
11 Image adjustment
12 Image adjustment
13 Image adjustment
Magnification
Horizontal mag-
adjustment
nification of
scanner
Timing adjust-
Main body
ment
related
Timing adjust-
RADF
ment
14 Image adjustment
Timing adjustment
ment
15 Image adjustment
Timing adjust-
Leading edge
ment
original erasure
adjustment
1-2
{
{
E-RDH
1-30
RADF
25
PM counter resetting
Developer
Page
Drum
Mode
items
Adjustment
Parameter memory board
Adjustment classification
Write unit
I ADJUSTMENT
19 Image adjustment
20 Image adjustment
adjustment
Centering
adjustment
Centering
adjustment
Centering
DBLT centering
adjustment
adjustment
Centering
RADF centering
adjustment
adjustment
RADF
RADF scanner
adjustment
density
adjustment
36
1-56
36
1-56
36
1-58
36
1-65
{ {
25/36 1-40 {
25/36 1-68
23
E-RDH memory
check
*1
After replacing the developer, be sure that you do not make any copies until you have first carried out L
detection adjustment.
*2
When PRMB (Parameter memory board) is replaced, remember to replaced the developer before conducting the L deection adjustment.
47
1-88
Note:
When replacing a board due to the SCB (System control board) being damaged, the PRMB (Parameter
memory board) that was installed on the damaged SCB should be used as a rule on the new SCB.
The use of a new PRMB should be limited only when it is considered that the PRMB is also damaged.
On this occasion, adjustment data have not been input into the new PRMB and it is necessary to implement all of the adjustment items. In order to make the new PRMB effective, the 47 mode - 92 (output)
should be carried out before implementation of the adjustment items.
When the adjustment items have been implemented, the 47 mode - 96 (output) should be also executed.
The adjustment data are backed up by implementing the 47-96 mode.
For the original PRMB installed on the damaged SCB, the 47-92 mode is protected against inadvertent
execution. For details of the cancellation of protection, contact the service manager of the authorized distributor.
1-3
I ADJUSTMENT
RADF
1-58
Developer
36
Drum
18 Image adjustment
Write unit
17 Image adjustment
Timing
adjustment
Page
16 Image adjustment
Mode
items
E-RDH
Adjustment
Fixing unit-related parts
Adjustment classification
I ADJUSTMENT
CE PASSWORD SETTING
4. CE PASSWORD SETTING
Important:
In order to prevent the malicious CE to access
5.1
Setting Method
1 Basic screen
2 36 mode
3 25 mode
4 Key operation mode
36 mode
5 47 mode
25 mode
47 mode
6 Exit
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
1. While the SW1 (main power switch) is ON, turn
be changed.)
4. Press the key of the mode to be selected on the
screen.
If enhanced security is enabled, enter CE password to access to 25 mode, 36 mode and
47 mode. Enter Key operator password to
1-4
6. CHECKING BY THE
COUNTER KEY FUNCTION
The counter key function enables to display of the
following parameters by using the counter button:
1 Total count
2 Total count start date
3 PM count/PM count limit
4 PM count start date
5 Fax send paper count
6 Fax receive paper count
7 Printer count
8 Scanner count
9 Drum count
10 Developing count
11 Fixing unit count
6.1
Checking Method of
Counter Key Function
the
A. Procedure
1. Turn on SW1 (main power switch) and SW2
(sub power switch).
2. Press the counter button.
3. The Counter confirmation screen appears, and
the total count value appears. The counter that
appears differs depending upon the installed
option.
4. If you press the ! button on the Counter confirmation screen, service-related counters that
indicate the PM count, and so on, appear.
5. To output the count value list, press the [PRINT]
key.
6. Press the [OK] key or the stop button to return to
the basic screen.
1-5
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
7. 25 MODE
Adjustment item menu
Remarks
1. Software DIPSW
setting
2. PM COUNT/CYCLE
ware DIPSW.
1. PM COUNT reset
2. PM CYCLE set
3. Counter clear
1. Drum related
counter
3. Collecting data
3. Counter clear
2. Fixing related
counter
1. Count data
collection
Data Collection 1
Copy count of each
paper size
RADF paper passage count
1. Count data
Data Collection 2
collection
JAM occurrence
count by each point
1. Count data
collection
Data Collection 3
1. Count data
collection
Data Collection 4
SC count : F code
5. Password setting
8 digits
8 digits
4 digits
4. CE password setting
8 digits
1-6
25 MODE
7. Serial number
setting
1. Main body
Remarks
I ADJUSTMENT
2. Optional tray
the destination.
3. LCT
4. Finisher
5. Fax
6. Printer
7. FL-102/FL-103
8. FS-114 punch unit
9. FS-114 saddle unit
10.RADF (7235/7228/7222)
8. Indication of ROM
version
of ROM.
9. KRDS setting
10. ISW
1-7
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
7.1
Setting Method
7.2
A. Setting method
This setting specifies the software DIPSW on
the software SW setting screen.
A. Procedure
1. Turn OFF the SW2 (sub power switch) when the
SW1 (main power switch) remains ON.
2. Turn the SW2 ON while pressing 2 and 5 of the
[1]
[2]
[3] [4]
[1]
[2]
DIPSW number
Bit number (0 to 7)
[3]
[4]
C. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
2. 25 mode menu screen
Press the [Software SW] key.
3. Software setting screen
Select DIP switch number.
Use the arrow key on the left.
4. Select bit number of the DIP switch.
Use the arrow key at the center.
5. Select ON (=1) or OFF (=0) of the DIP switch.
Use [ON] or [OFF] key.
[ON] : Set bit.
[OFF] : Clear bit.
6. Press the [RETURN] key to return to the 25
mode menu screen.
For each switch function, see List of software
DIPSW.
1-8
25 MODE
Note:
Be sure not to change bits with no particular reference made of the function.
DIPSW No. Bit
DIPSW1
Functions
Ignore
is removed
1
Instantaneous
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
stop Jam
Count as 1
Count as 2
method
2
*1
*1
None
Decide with
DIPSW 3-2
exited
of stapled sets
DIPSW2
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Unlatched
Latched
When copying
Interval between
ends
copy set
Prohibition of non-image
area erases, repeat (auto)
and original position correction
DIPSW3
SC latch (F34/F35/F36)
1-9
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
DIPSW3
Functions
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
No
Yes
copying reservation
DIPSW4
*2
*2
0
1
2
3
*3
*3
Non-display of advance/
delete buttons for job list
Yes
No
No
Yes
Can reserve
Cannot reverse
copying
copying
toner left.
6
DIPSW5
*5
*5
DIPSW6
SW
K sizes
Metric sizes
wan destination
2
available
Metric sizes
K sizes
available
1-10
25 MODE
DIPSW6
4
5
6
7
DIPSW7
Functions
*6
*6
*7
*7
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
*8
*8
*9
*9
*10
*10
*11
*11
*11
*11
Not required
Required
No
Yes
Automatic conversion of
paper size detected by APS
(8.5 x 11/A4)
DIPSW8
Permit
Prohibit
Permit
Prohibit
*12
*12
4
5
6
7
Display
restricted
1-11
Display not
restricted
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
DIPSW9
Functions
Japan
Inch
Metric
0
1
*13
*13
limit
*14
*14
Switching of message
7
DIPSW10
Default values
*15
Selection of magnification
*15
Display auto
1.00
No
Yes
shortage, PM)
DIPSW11
No
Yes
No
Yes
1-12
25 MODE
DIPSW12
Functions
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
*16
*16
Recognize
Switched
copying is inhibited
5
6
Not recognize
tion
7
No
ON
OFF
*17
*17
6
7
DIPSW14
(all in F code)
0
1
*18
*18
card nonstandard)*
*19
*19
*20
* Common to FS-112/113
1-13
*20
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
DIPSW15
Functions
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
Not stop
Stop
Decided on
Stop
DIPSW15-6
*21
*a
DIPSW16
0
1
*21
Always ON
Permit
Prohibit
the L detection
4
*22
*22
*b
*b
*b
7
DIPSW17
Printing takes
place
Printer abort
processing
Shift inhibited
Shift possible
*23
*a
*b
*23
F4 size setting
1-14
25 MODE
DIPSW17
Functions
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
Normal
OFF
Normal
Not allowed to
use
tive part
1
Normal
Not allowed to
use
tive part
2
Normal
Not allowed to
use
Normal
Not allowed to
use
Normal
Not allowed to
defective part
7
use
DB is isolated
Normal
Not allowed to
use
DIPSW19
Normal
of printer controller
Not allowed to
use
Normal
Not allowed to
use
Normal
Not allowed to
of HDD
use
Normal
Not allowed to
use
Normal
Not allowed to
use
Normal
Not allowed to
use
1-15
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
DIPSW20
Functions
Normal
of Network
1
Normal
Normal
Inch
Metric
Not allowed to
Not allowed to
Not allowed to
Not allowed to
use
Normal
of FNS
Normal
of the saddle
DIPSW21
Japan
use
of USB
Default values
use
of IEEE1284
2
Not allowed to
use
8.5 x 11
A4
8.5 x 11R
A4R
8.5 x 14
F4
Notice of
noticed size
*24
*24
Notice size
Notice size as
detected by
APS
*25
*25
No
Yes
function
7
1-16
25 MODE
DIPSW22
Functions
0
1
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
*26
*26
No
Yes
screen
DIPSW23
Automatic changeover to
Tray 1 when FNS tray is full*
No
Yes
Automatic changeover to
Tray 2 when FNS tray is full*
No
Yes
Automatic changeover to
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Automatic changeover to
Tray 4 when FNS tray is full*
6
7
1-17
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
DIPSW24
Functions
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
*27
*27
paper size
job
7
and continue
*29
*29
DIPSW25
Automatic changeover to
tray 1 when the IT tray is full
No
Yes
Automatic changeover to
tray 2 when the IT tray is full
No
Yes
Normal on/off
All off
No
Yes
No
Yes
4
5
For postcard-to-postcard
copying, rotation takes place
even when APS/AMS is not
used
DIPSW26
edges erased
Center
Rear side of
transfer paper
Permit
Prohibit
1-18
25 MODE
DIPSW26
Functions
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
Disabled
Enabled
DIPSW27
Scanner function
Yes
No
*30
*30
Not provided
Provided
Permit
Prohibit
tion function
1
Only those
smaller than A4/
Those larger
than A4/letter
letter rotate
also rotate
*31
*31
5
6
7
DIPSW28
0
1
4
5
DIPSW29
*37
*38
*38
*37
*32
*33
*32
*33
(tray)
1-19
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
DIPSW29
Functions
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
Not provided
Provided
*34
*34
0
1
2
3
4
DIPSW31
*35
*35
*36
*36
Automatic power on by
RADF operation during the
power save mode
Use of E-mail
Permit
Prohibit
Permit
Prohibit
Use of BOX
Permit
Prohibit
No function
Function
provided
provided
DIPSW32
F4
8.5 x 14
Except files
received by PC-Fax
Delete all
No function
Function
provided
provided
No function
Function
provided
provided
MMR
MH
utor setting
2
3
4
file name
user name
1-20
25 MODE
DIPSW33
Functions
*39
*39
1
2
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
Invalid
Valid
Invalid
Valid
* Displayed
Displayed
DIPSW34
normally
KRDS
RDmode
Valid
Invalid
Not set
Set
0 *a
0 *a
0*a
*40
*40
Permit
Prohibit
Correspondence to OpenPrint
Not corresponding
Corresponding
USB Print
Not corresponding
Corresponding
Not set
Set
(7235/7228/7222 only)
DIPSW35
*a
Prohibit
Permit
1-21
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
DIPSW40
Functions
Use of SNMP
Default values
Japan
Inch
Metric
Permit
Prohibit
1-22
25 MODE
*5
1-4
1-3
50 sheets
45 sheets
40 sheets
35 sheets
*2
4-1
Toner consumption
No adjustment
4-0
*6
After displaying a message set in DIPSW4-0/1, the count up to which the copy is prohibited
is set.
4-3
4-2
Mode
5-5
0 effective copies
*3
5-6
No adjustment
1-23
6-5
6-4
15 seconds
30 seconds
60 seconds
120 seconds
I ADJUSTMENT
*1
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
*7
Mode
7-2
No automatic conversion
A4 8.5 x 11 (Inch)
Mode
6-7
6-6
No preliminary rotation
(high speed)
Preliminary rotation
(low speed)
Stopping
*8
7-0
*9
7-3
Mode
7-4
7-1
button
Re-starting by setting the tray (auto-
Mode
matic)
1-24
8-6
8-5
8-4
No priority
DB upper tray
DB lower tray
25 MODE
Mode
9-2
9-1
9-0
No limit
1 sheet
3 sheets
5 sheets
9 sheets
10 sheets
20 sheets
30 sheets
sure mode
This setting is for the application function of
the out-of-original auto erasure mode. When
the out-of-original auto erasure is set to automatic in the key operator mode, a threshold
value is set for detection of the original area.
Mode
13-7
13-6
Thick original
Normal original
50 sheets
Corresponding to
99 sheets
hybrid lights
9-7
9-6
restricted only to the front or rear of the leading edge (the main body side of the paper
0 minute
30 minutes
60 minutes
90 minutes
120 minutes
150 minutes
12-4
12-3
1000 copies
2000 copies
3000 copies
4000 copies
5000 copies
Mode
1-25
14-1
14-0
Auto cancel
Inhibit
14-5
14-4
Auto cancel
Auto cancel
Inhibit
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
available
Mode
Mode
17-2
17-1
17-0
14-7
14-6
8.5 x 13
Auto cancel
8.25 x 13
Auto cancel
8.125 x 13
Inhibit
8 x 13
8.5 x 13.5
16-1
16-0
155C
120C
Mode
21-4
85C
paper feed
DIPSW1-0:1 Clear jamming imme-
85C
DIPSW1:0 setting.
diately
16-0
70C
120C
diately
120C
70C
Mode
Mode
16-7
0
(7145)
At all times (Every time
SW2 is turned on)
Non
(7235/7228/7222)
1-26
21-6
0
Normal operation
Counting up for both the total
While in copying, both the total
16-6
25 MODE
tings are the same as the settings for the previous job.
Mode
27-0
Do not use
Use
as non-standard.
Mode
22-1
shown below.
This setting is effective only for the PCL and
PS versions.
Mode
27-7
27-6
27-5
Standard
-4 (Lighter)
24-2
24-3
-3
No conversion
-2
Inch Metric
-1
Metric Inch
+1
+2
+3 (Darker)
select)
29-2
29-1
29-0
Thick paper
Thin paper
Recycled paper
24-7
No process stop
Process stop
1-27
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
operator mode.
When this SW is used to select the Switched
Switched according to the environment performs the TSL control according to the humidity
detected by the main body HUM1 (Humidity sensor).
Mode
29-4
29-3
Normal control
All off
Mode
30-4
30-3
Normal control
All off
Switched according to
the environment
Switched according to
the environment
sor).
Mode
30-2
30-1
30-0
Thick paper
Thin paper
Recycled paper
1-28
31-0
Disabled
Enabled
25 MODE
*37
I ADJUSTMENT
+0mm
+0.5mm
-0.5mm
+3.5mm
-3.5mm
*38
+0mm
+0.5mm
-0.5mm
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
+3.5mm
-3.5mm
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
*39
33-1
33-0
Default
2-hole only
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
*40
34-2
34-1
Undefined
Mode
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Folding/Stitch-and-fold
tray
1-29
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
7.3
PM Count Setting
Note:
When pressing the [RETURN] key without press-
lowing:
[1. PM count resetting]
[2. PM cycle setting]
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
thousand) only.
5. Press the [SET] key to enter a PM cycle that has
been entered.
6. Press the [RETURN] key to return to the PM
count/cycle menu screen.
A. Procedure
keys.
2. Press the [SET] key to enter the data that has
screen.
Drum related counter (Drum counter, Drum drive
been entered.
3. Press the [RETURN] key to return to the PM
counter).
Fixing related counter (Fixing web counter).
1-30
25 MODE
3. PM count/cycle setting screen
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
2. 25 mode menu screen
Press the [Data collection] key.
7.4
I ADJUSTMENT
Data Collection
The data is displayed at the line 2 in the message display area as Data number (No.): Count
value (00000000).
Note:
Classification
Copy count of each
Pre-peration
paper size
RADF paper pas2
sage count
Count of JAM occur-
Select
mode
Count of SC occur-
rence
Note:
When the DIPSW8-7 is set to 0, the checking of
the collected data is limited only to No. 1.
1-31
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
Size No.
KRDS (B1,
Japan
Metric
Inch
A3
A3
11 x 17
01
Copy count of
B4
B4
8.5 x 14
02
A4/A4R
A4/A4R
03
B5/B5R
B5/B5R
5.5 x 8.5
04
A5
A5
05
B6
F4
06
6
7
8.5 x 14
8.5 x 11/8.5 x 11R
A4/A4R
07
08
Metric
Special
Metric
Special
Inch
Special
09
Postcard
b.
Classification
Count of the No. of
scan image planes
c.
0A
Maximum count number : 99,999,999
Size No.
Feed mode
10
Other than 11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, A3 and B4
11
KRDS (BA)
01
00
Maximum count number : 99,999,999
Classification
RADF paper
Size No.
15
Feed mode
ADF mode original feed counter
passage count
16
17
18
1-32
KRDS (F0)
00
01
07
25 MODE
(2) Data collection 2
No.
a.
44
72-18 FS-113
2C
KRDS (J0)
45
72-19 FS-112
2D
72-21 FS-112/113
2E
No.
Jam
Point
Jam
Point
KRDS (J0)
00
10-0
By-pass
00
46
01
11-0
Upper tray
01
47
72-23 FS-112
2F
72-81 FS-112/113
30
49
72-82 FS-113
31
02
03
12-0
13-0
Lower tray
DB upper tray
02
03
48
04
05
14-0
16-1
DB lower tray
Paper feed jam
04
05
50
72-83
32
06
15-0
LT tray
06
51
52
72-25 FS-114
72-43
33
34
07
16-2
LT tray
07
08
08
53
54
72-84
72-85
35
36
09
30-0
Conveyance jam
09
55
37
10
11
31-0
Conveyance jam
0A
0B
12
13
32-0
79
80
4F
50
14
15
0C
0E
0F
75-10 IT-101
75-11
10
11
18
19
97-1
12
13
20
21
97-2
92-0
14
15
22
23
75-12 IT-101
75-13
16
17
24
25
61-1
61-2
DF-318/320
18
19
26
27
62-1
DF-318/320
1A
1B
28
29
62-2
62-3
1C
1D
30
31
62-4
62-5
1E
1F
32
33
63-1
34
35
63-2
63-3
22
23
36
37
63-4
24
25
38
39
26
27
40
41
28
29
42
43
DF-318/320
72-16 FS-112/113
72-17
0D
16
17
I ADJUSTMENT
20
21
2A
2B
1-33
Contents
KRDS (F1)
00
00
01
02
01
02
03
03
04
05
04
05
06
07
06
07
08
09
08
09
10
11
Life-size
Fixed ratio E3(1.41/2.00)
0A
0B
12
13
0C
0D
14
15
0E
0F
16
17
10
11
18
19
Zoom
Maximum zoom
12
13
20
21
Minimum zoom
AMS mode
14
15
22
23
APS mode
AE mode
16
17
24
Interrupt mode
18
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
No.
KRDS (F1)
No.
19
59
26
1A
27
1B
28
29
30
Contents
KRDS (F1)
Repeat mode
3B
60
3C
61
3D
1C
62
3E
1D
63
3F
1E
64
40
31
1F
65
41
32
33
20
21
66
42
43
34
at intersheet mode
44
45
67
68
22
69
35
23
70
71
36
24
72
37
25
38
26
39
27
77
4D
40
28
78
79
4E
4F
41
29
80
42
2A
82
52
43
2B
83
53
2C
2D
84
54
44
45
Contents
25
Photo mode
46
47
73
48
49
74
75
4A
4B
76
4C
81
50
51
46
2E
85
55
47
48
2F
30
86
56
49
50
31
32
87
57
51
52
Text mode
User set density mode
33
34
53
35
54
55
36
37
56
57
38
39
58
2 in 1, 4 in 1, 8 in 1 mode
3A
1-34
No.
No.
Error code
Classification
Error code
Classification
KRDS
E1 00
(decimal number)
Main code Sub code
KRDS
(decimal number)
043
E56-1
Image control
044
E56-2
communication error
001
10-1
Communication error E0 00
045
E56-3
02
002
10-2
01
046
E56-4
03
003
02
047
E56-5
03
048
E56-6
Operation control
05
06
01
04
004
18-1
005
006
18-2
18-3
04
05
049
E56-7
050
E56-8
007
18-4
06
051
E56-9
08
052
053
E56-10
09
E0 2A
054
055
60-1
60-9
056
057
60-11
67-3
058
059
70-1
70-9
060
061
70-11
77-2
31
32
062
063
77-3
77-5
33
E0 34
064
065
77-6
77-11
35
36
066
067
77-16
80-1
37
38
068
069
80-2
80-3
070
071
80-4
80-5
072
073
81-1
81-2
074
075
81-3
E88-1
Image processing
076
E89-1
0B
077
078
E89-2
E89-3
communication error
0C
0D
079
080
E89-4
E89-5
0E
0F
081
082
E89-6
E87-1
10
Print controller error
083
084
52-5
86-2
085
86-3
008
26-1
L detection error
07
009
010
28-1
28-2
08
09
011
012
28-3
34-1
0B
013
014
34-2
35-1
abnormality
Low fixing tempera-
0C
0D
015
016
35-2
35-3
017
018
35-4
35-5
10
11
019
020
35-6
35-7
021
022
35-8
35-9
14
15
023
024
35-10
36-1
16
17
025
026
36-2
36-3
027
028
40-1
029
030
40-9
41-1
031
032
46-1
46-8
0A
ture abnormality
0E
0F
18
19
Scanning system
error
Image processing
system error
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
033
034
46-10
46-11
20
21
035
036
49-4
Image processing
22
23
037
038
49-6
51-4
system error
Motor speed error
24
25
039
040
51-5
51-6
041
042
52-1
52-2
26
27
Fan lock error
28
29
1-35
07
RADF error
2B
2C
2D
2E
Finisher error
Finisher error
Parameter memory
board abnormality
2F
30
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
E1 0A
system error
11
E0 40
41
42
3
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
25 MODE
No.
Error code
Classification
KRDS
No.
I ADJUSTMENT
(decimal number)
Main code Sub code
086
E86-04
Error code
Classification
KRDS
E0 5E
(decimal number)
Main code Sub code
Fax board error
E1 12
122
85-1
Network system
abnormality
087
E86-06
E0 43
123
85-2
088
E86-88
124
85-3
5F
089
E86-89
14
125
E85-11
E1 1B
60
090
15
126
E85-12
1C
091
E86-91
16
127
E85-13
1D
092
093
E86-20
094
22-1
Machine internal
temperature
095
096
23-1
26-2
Drum periphery
L detection
097
098
26-3
28-4
099
43-1
100
52-3
101
36-4
102
52-6
103
104
87-2
87-3
105
106
52-4
107
108
86-7
86-8
109
110
128
E85-14
1E
17
129
E85-15
1F
18
130
E85-16
20
E0 44
131
132
E85-17
E85-18
21
22
45
46
133
134
E85-20
E85-21
23
24
47
48
135
136
E85-22
E85-23
25
26
49
4A
137
138
52-9
81-4
4B
4C
139
82-1
140
82-2
141
142
E82-10
E89-80
4F
50
143
144
E89-81
82-3
51
52
145
146
E82-50
E82-51
E1 2A
2B
18-5
26-4
53
54
147
148
E82-52
77-13
2C
E0 66
111
112
51-2
52-7
55
56
149
150
77-14
77-22
67
68
113
114
52-8
E56-12
57
151
152
77-23
77-24
69
6A
115
116
E56-13
77-1
1A
E0 58
153
154
77-25
77-26
6B
6C
117
118
77-4
77-12
59
5A
155
156
77-27
77-28
6D
6E
119
120
77-17
77-54
5B
5C
157
158
77-29
E85-24
Network system
6F
E1 2D
121
77-55
5D
159
160
E85-25
52-10
abnormality
Fan lock error
2E
E0 70
161
E85-30
Network system
abnormality
E1 2F
Finisher error
E0 61
62
63
64
E1 27
28
1-36
7.5
arbitrarily).
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the 25 mode.
counter menu:
Copy Count for each fixed replacement part
key.
4. Starting periodic data collection screen
Press the [YES] key to start the periodic data
collection.
Press the [NO] or [RETURN] key, then data col-
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
2. 25 mode menu screen
Press the [4. Parts counter] key.
3. Parts counter menu screen
Press the [1. Count of parts (Fixed)] key.
4. Copy count screen by parts to be replaced
(fixed)
Press the arrow keys to select the data.
5. Press the [Count reset] key.
6. Count reset screen by parts to be replaced
(fixed)
Press the [YES] key to clear the copy count.
Press the [NO] or [RETURN] key, then the copy
count is not reset and returns to the copy count
screen by parts to be replaced.
1-37
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
25 MODE
B. List of parts to be replaced (fixed)
I ADJUSTMENT
No.
01
Unit
16
00
24
17
ing charging
25
18
corona unit)
26
19
27
1A
assembly
28
Drum unit
02
29
Transfer/separation
corona unit
03
30
Fixing claw
1D
31
32
1E
1F
33
34
Fixing sensor
Fuse mounting plate
20
21
35
assembly
Fixing heater lamp/1
22
23
24
Feed roller
Double feed preven-
2C
25
tion roller
Paper exit roller/A
26
29
2A
2B
DC (includ-
Drum
Cleaning blade
Transfer/
separation
01
05
Developing unit
Developer
04
06
07
Main body
Developing unit
Ozone filter
05
06
41
42
Suction filter/A
Filter cover assembly
Main body
paper feed
07
unit
08
09
36
37
LT-203
12
rubber
(Tray 2) Feed ubber
0B
45
DB-211/411
15
16
17
DB-211
18
19
20
21
22
By-pass
feed unit
0D
0E
0F
prevention rubber
(Tray 4) Paper feed
10
rubber
(Tray 4) Feed ubber
11
12
13
14
15
DF-318/320
FS-112
43
44
0C
40
0A
Fixing unit
38
39
11
13
27
28
prevention rubber
(Tray 2) Paper feed
14
KRDS
(Z1)
KRDS
corona
09
10
Parts name
23
03
08
Unit
(Z1)
02
04
Parts name
No.
1-38
2
1C
25 MODE
Copy count by parts to be replaced
(Named; arbitrarily)
Count timing
KRDS
(G0)
00
00
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
0A
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
11
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
12
13
20
21
14
15
22
23
16
17
24
25
18
19
26
27
1A
1B
28
1C
1D
29
1-39
I ADJUSTMENT
7.5.2
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
Note:
When pressing the [RETURN] key without press-
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
2. 25 mode menu screen
Reference:
The right side of the limit value will be marked
if the copy count exceeds its limit value.
(named)
Press the arrow keys to select the data.
5. Press the [COUNT RESET] key.
6. Count reset screen by parts to be replaced
(named)
Press the [YES] key to clear the copy count that
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
(named)
Enter new parts No. using the numeric and
alphabet keys.
7. Press the [SET] key to enter the limit value that
1-40
25 MODE
Parts name setting
Enter the new parts name from the keys on the
screen.
There are three screen in the input screen and
are changed with the arrow key:
Alphabet (a capital letter), numeric number
Alphabet (a small letter), numeric number
Symbol, numeric number
The key arrangement can be changed by pressing the [Keyboard] key in the alphanumeric
(uppercase letter/lowercase letter), symbol and
data input screen.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
2. 25 mode menu screen
Press the [4. Parts counter ] key.
3. Parts counter menu screen
Press the [2. Count of parts (Named)] key.
4. Copy count screen by parts to be replaced
(named)
Press the arrow key to select the data to be set
or changed.
5. Press the [P/N SET] key.
6. Parts name setting screen by parts to be
replaced (named)
Enter new parts name using the keys on the
screen.
7. Press the [OK] key to enter the parts name that
has been entered and return to the copy count
screen by parts to be replaced (Named).
Note:
When pressing the [CANCEL] key without pressing the [OK] key, the setting is completed without
setting a parts name and returns to the copy
count screen by parts to be replaced (Named).
7.6
Password Setting
4.
Procedure
Enter the 25 Mode.
Press the [5. Password setting] key.
Password setting menu screen
Press the key of an item that you want to set.
[Key Operator Password (8 digits)]
[User account (EKC) master key code (8 digits)]
[Weekly timer Password (4 digits)]
[CE Password (8 digits)]
Input a new password through the numeric keys
and press the [SET] key to update the password.
When the following keys are set for the password, each mode can be used without a password.
1-41
I ADJUSTMENT
F.
25 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
7.7
7.8
RDmode (7145).
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
2. 25 mode menu screen
Press the [7. Serial number] key.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
want to set.
4. Input the telephone number or fax number
ber.
5. When setting both the telephone number and
Reference:
Characters input are entered at the least signifi-
Note:
When pressing the [RETURN] key without pressing the [SET] key, the setting is complete. However the new phone number will not be entered
and the 25 mode menu screen will return.
1-42
25 MODE
7.9
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
System control
Image control
Panel control
Optical control
Various options
remains blank.
4. Press the [RETURN] key to return to the 25
Note:
If you press [CANCEL] key, the copier will retain
the previous destination setting and return you to
Code
IE
Destination
Ireland
CA
US
Canada
U.S.A
FI
SE
Finland
Sweden
KR
SG
Korea
Singapore
NO
AT
Norway
Austria
MY
CN
Malaysia
China
BE
NL
Belgium
Netherlands
SA
TW
Saudi Arabia
Taiwan
CH
FR
Switzerland
France
ZA
PL
South Africa
Poland
GB
DE
Great Britain
German
PT
ES
Portugal
Spain
EU
NZ
Europe
New Zealand
IT
DK
Italy
Denmark
AU
Australia
1-43
I ADJUSTMENT
I ADJUSTMENT
25 MODE
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 Mode.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 25 mode.
screen.
Note:
Ends when the [CANCEL] key is pressed without
amending the entered date, and returns to the 25
mode menu screen.
1-44
8. 36 MODE
8.1
L detection adjustment
Automatic toner supply
Setting Method
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
CE password.
36 mode menu screen appears. At this moment,
Note:
If FNS is not installed, the [FNS adj.] key is netted
8.2
Process Adjustment
Adjust the L detection, various high voltages, developer toner density, dot diameter, and the laser off-
set.
A. Procedure
1. Select [1. Process adjustment] in the 36 mode
36 MODE
(9) Process adjustmentToner density adjustment
8.4
I ADJUSTMENT
(7145 only)
See LD2 offset adjustment.
advance.
A. Procedure
(7145 only)
The LD2 bias adjustment is not made in the field.
8.3
L Detection Adjustment
This adjustment be made immediately after replacement of the developer (before any copies are made
with the new developer). Developing counter is
automatically reset.
column.
4. Toner density adjustment screen
Select the set value [-2] to [+2], and press the
[START] key.
Set value: -2 (toner density decreased) to +2
(toner density increased)
Note:
After replacing the developer, do not make copies
until you have performed L detection adjustment.
A. Procedure
When [Current set value] [New set value] = (minus), decrease the transient level of the toner
density.
According to the value set, the toner density is
Note:
Note:
If an OK indication does not appear after the
case, an error code will appear in the Result display area. For the meaning of error codes, refer to
1-46
8.5
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
column.
4. LD1 offset adjustment screen
A. Procedure
Specification: Check to see if the LD1 laser output patterns are uniform as shown in the draw-
sage column.
4. Dot diameter adjustment screen
Select the set value [-3] to [+3], and press the
[START] key.
According to the value set, the dot diameter is
automatically adjusted.
[1]
8.6
[1]
Reference line
1-47
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
36 MODE
9. Repeat the procedures 4 to 7 until the specified
I ADJUSTMENT
value is attained.
10. Press the [RETURN] key to return to the 36
mode menu screen.
[1]
8.7
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
[1]
sage column.
4. LD2 offset adjustment screen
Specification: Check to see if the LD2 laser output patterns are uniform as shown in the drawing below and the starting points of the low
density section are matched between the reference lines.
Reference line
1-48
36 MODE
Timing Adjustment
paper.
A. Procedure
1. Select [2. Timing adj.] in the 36 mode menu
side, 100%)
appear.
screen.
adjustment.
1 Vertical/horizontal magnification adjustment
ment
5 Centering adjustment
A. Procedure
1. Select [2. Timing adj.] in the 36 mode menu
screen.
The Timing adjustment menu screen will
appear.
2. Select the [1. Drum clock adj.] on the Timing
adjustment menu screen.
The Drum clock adjustment (vertical/horizontal
1-49
I ADJUSTMENT
8.8
36 MODE
5. Vertical/horizontal magnification (drum clock)
I ADJUSTMENT
adjustment screen
Press the [COPY] key.
6. Basic screen
Set the copy size to A3 or 11 x 17, and the copy
quantity to 5, then press the START button and
output an test pattern (No. 9).
7. Output five sheets of paper, and check for transfer jitter.
Note:
Ensure that the printer's vertical magnification is
adjusted before going ahead with this adjustment
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. 36 mode menu screen
Press the [2. Timing adj.] key.
3. Timing adjustment menu screen
Press the [1. Drum clock adj.] key.
4. Vertical/horizontal magnification (drum clock)
Approx.20mm
adjustment screen
Press the arrow key until Vertical magnificationCheck the transfer jitter at a point approx. 20mm
from the trailing edge of the paper.
6. Basic screen
Select A3 or 11 x 17 size paper, then press the
tion.
Standard value: 0.5% max (life size)
Within 1mm with respect to 205.7mm
ment)
1 step = 0.1%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the transfer jitter in all
five output sheets disappears.
205.7 1
11. Once you have confirmed that there is no transfer jitter, press the arrow key, then select Printer
2 to adjust the vertical magnification of Printer
2.
8. If it is not within specification, press the # button
while holding down the button.
9. Vertical/horizontal magnification (drum clock)
adjustment screen
Enter a value from the numeric keys, then press
the [SET] key.
Setting range: -50 (reduction) ~ +50 (enlargement)
1 step = 0.1%
10. Repeat the procedures 5 to 9 until the specified
value is attained.
1-50
36 MODE
a.
system.
system.
Procedure
Note:
The result of the platen horizontal magnification
(RADF, platen).
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
adjustment screen
Press the arrow key until Vertical magnificationplaten appears in the message display area.
adjustment screen
Press the arrow key until Horizontal magnifica-
START button.
7. Use a ruler to measure the vertical magnifica-
tion.
Standard value: 0.5% max (life size)
200
200
1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the vertical magnifica-
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
ment)
1 step = 0.1%
adjustment screen
1 step = 0.1%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the vertical magnification becomes the standard value.
11. To adjust another adjustment item, press the
arrow key to select the desired adjustment.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
adjustment screen
Press the arrow key to select the magnification
A. Procedure
adjustment menu screen. then the Restart timing adjustment screen will appear.
upper tray)
Restart timing adjustment : Engine (Main body
lower tray)
Restart timing adjustment : Engine (DB1)
Restart timing adjustment : Engine (DB2)
Restart timing adjustment : Engine (LCT)
Restart timing adjustment : Engine (Bypass)
Restart timing adjustment : Engine (ADU)
Restart timing adjustment : RADF (single side)
Restart timing adjustment : RADF (double side,
front)
Restart timing adjustment : RADF (double side,
[1]
190
[1]
back)
4. Enter a desired value from the numeric keys on
Vertical magnification
36 MODE
(2) RADF restart timing adjustment
Reference:
The operation described here is the same as the
adjustment screen.
adj.].
a.
Procedure
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
test pattern.
7. Check the restart timing.
1-53
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
6. Press the # button while pressing the button to
I ADJUSTMENT
return to the Paper feed loop quantity adjustIf a paper is skewed, adjust the amount of the loop
for each tray.
ment screen.
7. Press the [RETURN] key in the Paper feed loop
quantity adjustment screen to return to the
Timing adjustment menu screen.
A. Procedure
1. Select the [2. Timing adj.] in the 36 mode menu
screen, then the Timing adjustment menu
Procedure
6. Basic screen
Select a tray and a paper size properly and
14.
Paper feed loop adjustment : DB upper tray
8. When the paper feed loop quantity is not appropriate, press the # button while pressing the
button.
9. Paper feed loop amount adjustment screen
a.
1-54
Reference:
The operation described here is the same as the
Procedure
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
6. Basic screen
Set the ADF adjustment chart on the RADF and
screen
Press the [COPY] key.
5. Basic screen
Place the test chart on the platen glass. Select a
8. When the paper feed loop quantity is not appropriate, press the # button while pressing the
button.
9. Paper feed loop amount adjustment screen
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the leading edge original erasure amount becomes the standard
value.
10. Press the [RETURN] key to return to the Timing
adjustment menu screen.
1-55
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
8.8.5 Centering adjustment
A. Procedure
1. Select the [2. Timing adj.] in the 36 mode menu
screen, then the Timing adjustment menu
screen will appear.
2. Select the [5. Centring adj.] on the Timing
adjustment menu screen, then the centering
adjustment screen will appear.
3. Using the arrow key will allow you to select the
following items.
overlap completely.
Standard value: Within 2mm
Note:
your entry.
5. Turn on the Basic Screen by pressing the
1-56
Note:
Be sure to perform the centering adjustment for
Note:
a.
Procedure
[1]
[2]
[1]
Lengthwise direction
[2]
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
(4) RADF centering adjustment
Note:
Be sure to perform the centering adjustment for
For the image read position adjustment, the following two types are available:
Platen adjustment
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
RADF adjustment
Note:
Be sure to perform the restart timing adjustment
the field.
If you shift this value by a large amount, the
RADF read density may change.
A. Procedure
point.
Standard value: 10 1.0mm
7. If it is not within specification, press the # button
while holding down the button.
1-58
36 MODE
8.9
tion.
will appear.
adjustment
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
mode 1, after the set number of copy operations has been completed, the machine goes
C. Paperless mode
It makes copies at roughly the same timing as
for a normal copy, without performing paper
detection or jam dection.
D. Paperless/endless mode
It automatically sets the copy quantity to infinity.
4 to 5.
7. Press the [RETURN] key to return to the Timing
1-59
I ADJUSTMENT
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
8.9.1 Setting method
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
appear.
(Mode 1 to Mode 5)
4. Basic screen
Press the START button.
5. After checking the copy operation, press the
Stop button to stop copy operation.
6. Press the # button while pressing the button to
1-60
* For information about setting the density, see 7.11 Test pattern density adjustment below.
Test Pattern
When the density is set to 70
1-61
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
Test Pattern
LD1 LD2
1-62
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
Test Pattern
[1]
[2]
1-63
Test Pattern
[1]
237mm
20mm
31mm
28
0m
190mm
[1]
205.7mm
0m
28
190mm
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
190mm
1-64
36 MODE
lowing procedure.
adjustment menu:
RADF scan density adj.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
Note:
The mechanical adjustment, optical adjustment
tern to be adjusted.
5. Enter a desired density by a numeric value from
the numeric keys, then press the [SET] key.
folded.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
9.
11. Press the [RETURN] key to return to Print den-
1-65
I ADJUSTMENT
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
8.12.2 Non-image area erase check
(3) Warning-2
A datum with potentioal not to function non-imagea-
rea-erase is found.
Please confirm adjustment - 36 mode columns of
(4) Remedy-2
If you use the non-original erasure function rela-
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
message display.
If Operation NG appears, carry out non-origi-
F.
ing trouble)
screen.
G. Log list (2)
The data from the memory is dumped in the
Test pattern
Font pattern
Memory dump list
Management list
ing trouble)
Adjustment list
Note:
ble)
Normally not used.
B. Font pattern
This option outputs the font list built in the
engine.
C. Memory dump list
This option is used to dump out data (in HEX
Note:
The memory dump list is dump output in both the
HEX and ASCII format.
bleshooting).
D. Management list
This option outputs the machine status, counter
information and history of jam and so on.
E. Adjustment list
This option outputs a list of current adjusting
steps 3 to 7.
9. Press the [RETURN] key to return to the list
1-67
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
A. Procedure
1. Select the [9. RADF adj.] from the 36 mode
counter).
menu.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
4. Message in the message display area will confirm if you really want to clear the item. Press
Reference:
The operation here is the same as [2. PM count] [3. Counter clear] on the 25 mode menu screen.
A. Procedure
1. Select the [9. RADF adj.] from the 36 mode
menu screen to display the RADF adjustment
menu.
2. Select [1. Drum clock adj.] from the RADF
adjustment menu
screen will appear.
and
the
Magnification
36 MODE
[1]
190
[1]
Vertical magnification
7. Press the [Preceding screen] key in the Vertical/horizontal magnification adjustment screen
adjustment screen
Enter a value from the numeric keys, then press
system
Adjust the vertical magnification while in RADF
ment)
1 step = 0.1%
copying.
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the vertical magnification becomes the standard value.
a. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
restart timing.
The screen changes in the following order: Single sided 50% 100% 200% 400%
A. Procedure
1. Select the [9. RADF adj.] from the 36 mode
1-69
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
3. Using the arrow key will allow you to select the
I ADJUSTMENT
following items.
Restart timing adjustment : RADF (single side)
START button.
6. Check paper feed loop volume.
back)
4. Enter a desired value from the numeric keys on
Reference:
The operation described here is the same as the
Reference:
The operation described here is the same as the
back)
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
copying.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
5. Basic screen
Set the ADF adjustment chart on the RADF and
1-70
36 MODE
6. Basic screen
Set the ADF adjustment chart on the RADF and
select A3 or 11 x 17 size paper, then press the
START button.
Note:
If ERROR is displayed repeatedly, there is a
possibility of a defect in the adjustment of the
scanner machine, optics, or electricrelated parts.
1 step = 0.04mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the miscentering is
Note:
manner.
Note:
Before starting this operation, every adjustment
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
4. FNS matching
screen
plate
position
adjustment
1-71
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
6. Check the positions of the alignment plate and
I ADJUSTMENT
matching
plate
position
A
Fold
adjustment
screen
Enter an adjusting value from the numeric keys,
then press the [SET] key.
Setting range: -10 ~ +10
Exit direction
1 step = 0.2mm
4511D528AA
B
Fold
4511D527AA
A. Procedure
1 step = 0.5mm
In case of A: set a plus value
1-72
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 36 mode.
2. 36 mode menu screen
Standard A, B: 0 1.5mm
Exit direction
4511D525AA
A
B
Exit direction
[1]
Exit direction
[2]
7145fs1040
4511D526AA
1-73
I ADJUSTMENT
36 MODE
36 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
[1]
[2]
7145fs1041
[1]
[2]
keys.
5. Press the [Copy screen] key to output a
7145fs1042
punched sample.
6. Check the tilt of holes on the sample.
7. If the holes are tilted, press # button while
pressing button.
[1]
[2]
7145fs1043
[1]
[2]
7145fs1044
[1]
[2]
7145fs1045
1 step = 0.5mm
To shift in [1] direction: set a plus value
To shift in [2] direction: set a minus value
8. Repeat the steps 4 through 7 until the punch
positions come within the standard range.
9. Press [RETURN] and go back to the FNS adj.
menu screen.
1-74
36 MODE
When the punch part JAM occurs frequently: set
I ADJUSTMENT
a minus value
When inclination is in a punch hole: set a plus
value (In both the cases of [1] and [2], it sets to
plus side.)
9. Repeat the steps 4 through 7 until there is no tilt.
10. Press [RETURN] and go back to the FNS adj.
menu screen.
1-75
47 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
9. 47 MODE
9.1
c.
Procedure
A. 47 Mode
This mode provides self-diagnostic functions (input/
b.
*1
password.
The moment I/O check mode is displayed in
a.
c.
2 to 5.
b.
vated.
c.
d.
e. Procedure
1. Enter the 47 mode.
2. 47 mode menu screen
Using the numeric keys, enter the output check
[1] [2]
[3]
code.*2
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Input check
Output check
1-76
*2
47 MODE
A. Procedure
1. Enter the 47 mode.
9.3
9.4
ator mode).
1-77
I ADJUSTMENT
9.2
47 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
9.5
Classification Symbol
Code
Multi code
Name
Display
TSCB
00
0 to 255
TSCB
01
0 to 255
TSCB
02
0 to 255
TH1
03
0 to 255
ON
Analog
signal
OFF
TH2
04
0 to 255
TDS
05
0 to 255
HUM1
06
Humidity sensor
0 to 255
PS8
10
Paper feed
No paper sensor/U
PS11
No paper sensor/L
PS103
No paper sensor/3
Paper No paper
PS108
No paper sensor/4
PS13
PS153
PS10
PS7
12
PS102
PS107
PS152
PS9
13
No paper Paper
Upper
limit
limit
Yes
PS12
PS101
Tray sensor/3
PS106
Tray sensor/4
PSDTB/3
PSDTB/4
16
Not at
upper
No
0 to 9*1
Symbol displayed
1
B5
2
B4
3
A5R
4
A4
5
A4R
2,3,4
A5R
A4
A4R
A3
F4
6
F4
7
8
9
0
5.5 x 8.5 8.5 x 11 8.5 x 11R 8.5 x 14
11 x 17
Symbol displayed
5
6
B5
B4
A5R
A4
A4R
F4
2,3,4
B5
B4
A5R
A4
A4R
A3
1-78
47 MODE
Tray
LCT(3)
Symbol displayed
1
A4
A4R
Classification Symbol
B5R
B5
A4
A4R
Code
Multi code
Name
20
Registration sensor
Conveyance PS104
PS105
Display
ON
Paper feed
PS1
PS21
OFF
Paper No paper
(7145/7235/7228)
PS22
(7145/7235/7228)
PS155
SW151
Scanner
Open
PS2
22
Paper No paper
SW3
23
Interlock switch
Open
VR1
28
0 to 255
38
0 to 255
2
(7145)
0 to 255
(7235/7228/7222)
PS14
40
1
(7145)
PS15
PS17
APS sensor
Close
Close
0 to 255*2
Other
than H.P.
H.P.
Open
Close
Original is
No
provided original
*2
1-79
I ADJUSTMENT
47 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
Classification Symbol
Intrinsic
Code
Multi code
50
functions
Name
Check of DB serial communications
Display
ON
OFF
0001
0000
Normal Abnormal
(7145)
or not
connected
(7235/7228/7222)
51
(7145)
0096 to 0098*3
(7235/7228/7222)
TLD
57
0 to 6*4
Not
Provided
provided
PS5
Provided
Not
provided
RADF
*3
60
No original sensor
Paper No paper
Open
Close
PS303
DF open/close sensor
Open
Close
PS308
PS309
PS302
PS305
PS306
VR301
Original size VR
No paper Paper
Paper No paper
0 to 255
0096
7222
0097
7228
0098
7235
Display
Judging type
PS301
Display
Judging type
*4
PS304
0
Not connected
2
DB-211
3
DB-411
1-80
5
DB-211 + LT-203
6
DB-411 + LT-203
Classification Symbol
FS-112
PS701
Code
Multi code
70
Name
Pressure sensor (Level)
Display
ON
OFF
No
Pressure
pressure applied
PS705
Shutter sensor
PS701
PS704
ON
OFF
No
Pressure
pressure applied
Other
Full
than full
PS703
Exit sensor
PS702
PS712
10
Stapler HP sensor
PS713
12
Paper No paper
Other
H.P.
than H.P.
No
Staples
staples provided
provided
PS714
14
16
24V detect
PS711
17
PS706
18
Stapler Stapler
not ready ready
0V
24V
Upper
Not at
limit
upper
limit
Lower
limit
Other
than
lower
limit
FS-113
PS707
19
No paper sensor
PS708
20
PS709
21
Alignment HP sensor/R
PS710
22
Alignment HP sensor/F
PC3
Stacking sensor
PC4
PC2
PC1
70
PC6
PC7
PC9
Alignment HP sensor
PC14
PC12
PC13
10
PC5
11
12
Paper No paper
H.P.
Other
than H.P.
Paper No paper
H.P.
Other
than H.P.
Paper No paper
H.P.
Other
than H.P.
1-81
I ADJUSTMENT
47 MODE
47 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
Classification Symbol
FS-113
Code
70
Multi code
13
Name
Staple empty detection sensor 1
Display
ON
OFF
No
Staples
staples provided
provided
14
Self-priming sensor 1
Stapler
15
H.P.
16
No
Stapler
staples provided
provided
17
Self-priming sensor 2
Stapler Stapler
ready not ready
PWB-F
18
Upper
limit
Not at
upper
PC8
19
ON
OFF
S2, S3
20
Upper
limit
Not at
upper
limit
limit
PC10
21
H.P.
Other
than H.P.
S4
22
2 holes
3 holes
PC15
23
ON
OFF
PC11
24
27
Passage sensor
Paper No paper
Entrance sensor
Paper No paper
RU-101
PS2
FS-114
PC4-FN
70
exists
PC5-FN
Transport sensor
PC6-FN
PC7-FN
S3-FN
Upper
limit
Except
upper limit
S2-FN
Shutter detection SW
Close
Open
S1-FN
Pulse sensor
Shade Transmit
PC23-SK
10
Shade Transmit
Shade Transmit
PC14-FN
11
PC15-FN
12
13
BK-114 detection
PC3-FN
14
Equipped
Not
equipped
1-82
Shade Transmit
47 MODE
Code
Multi code
Name
Display
ON
FS-114
PC16-FN
70
PC11-FN
ADU
15
17
OFF
position
PC12-FN
18
PC8-FN
19
PC10-FN
20
21
Self-priming sensor
22
23
25
26
PC1-PK
27
Shade Transmit
PC22-SK
28
S4-FN
29
PC26-SK
30
PC20-SK
31
PC21-SK
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Transmit Shade
Close
Open
Shade Transmit
Paper exists No paper
Shade Transmit
S4-SK
39
PC18-SK
40
ADU sensor
PS4
80
1-83
Open
Open
Close
Close
I ADJUSTMENT
Classification Symbol
47 MODE
I ADJUSTMENT
9.6
Classification Symbol
Code
Multi code
Name
Cannot be set or
changed in the field
High volt-
L1
00
Exposure lamp
age/image
M4
01
01
Developing motor
M3
(7145)
M1
01
Main motor
SD9
01
Toner solenoid
HV
02
Charging
03
04
Transfer
Separation (AC)
X
X
05
06
X
X
07
08
Grid
Dmax/ LED
X
X
10
(7145)
Guide plate
11
Bias (7145)
Bias + Guide plate (7235/7228/7222)
15
PRMB
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
90
97
of memory switch
HDD mounting measure
1-84
47 MODE
Code
Multi code
Name
Cannot be set or
changed in the field
High volt-
PRMB
15
age/image
Paper feed
SD1
20
SD2
SD3
Bypass solenoid
SD101
SD102
SD151
M100
M150
2
3
M9, MC1,
MC2
Tray motor/U
M8
M101
2
3
Tray motor/L
Tray up motor/3
M102
M151
4
5
Tray up motor/4
Tray up motor
M9
M7
Scanner
98
99
21
23
MC1
MC2
25
26
Registration clutch
Loop clutch
28
SD7
29
M2
M5, FM7
31
Scanner motor
32
(7235)
M5, FM7
(7235)
Main body
M2,L1
34
LD
LD,M5
36
37
LD,M5
L1
38
39
LD alarm measurement
Platen still APS
M11
M1
40
41
Fixing motor
Main motor (sequential)
42
2
1
M1
FM3
*1
FM4
2
Internal cooling fan/1
7235 only, FM7 (Polygon cooling fan) also rotates at the same time.
1-85
I ADJUSTMENT
Classification Symbol
47 MODE
Classification Symbol
Code
Multi code
Name
Cannot be set or
I ADJUSTMENT
FM2
42
(7145/7235)
FM1
FM5
FM6
FM3,FM6
FM301
Cooling fan
FM7
(7145)
FM7
10
(7145)
TC
L2
43
45
L3
Total counter
Fixing heater lamp/1
Operation
panel
OB
OB
48
49
All LED ON
Operation panel check (Checking for
Intrinsic
M3
50
functions
M3
(7145)
1 to 255
RADF
PCL
51
No. of rotations.
Pre-charging exposure lamp
TSL
SD4
52
53
M4
M4, SD9
55
1
2
M10
M10
56
1
2
TLD
SD9
57
58
M301
59
60
M301
M303
2
3
M303
M302
4
5
M302
M302
6
7
SD302
SD301
8
9
SD303
VR301
10
0
Stamp solenoid
Original size adjustment (small size)
69*
VR301
1
Original size adjustment (large size)
Be sure to execute the operation without fail when DF-320 is installed.
1-86
47 MODE
Code
Multi code
Name
Cannot be set or
changed in the field
FS-112
M701
M702
70
M702
M707
M707
M706
Tray up motor(raise)
M706
M705
M705
M703,M704
10
M703,M704
11
M703,M704
12
13
Exit motor
M708
FS-114
M1-FN
70
M2-FN
M3-FN
Transport motor
Entrance motor
M4-FN
M5-FN
Alignment motor 1
Alignment motor 2
M11-FN
M11-FN
5
6
M12-FN
M6-FN
7
11
M9-SK
M7-FN
12
17
M10-SK
SL1-FN
23
53
Crease motor
Storage paddle solenoid
SL2-FN
54
78
IT
SD8
75
79
1
Punch motor
IT gate solenoid
ADU
M6
80
M6
M6
M6
SD5
83
sec)
Forward rotation (600mm/sec)
Reverse rotation (7145: 230mm/sec,
7235: 180mm/sec, 7228/7222: 140mm/
sec)
Reverse rotation (600mm/sec)
1-87
I ADJUSTMENT
Classification Symbol
47 MODE
Classification Symbol
Code
Multi code
Name
Cannot be set or
I ADJUSTMENT
90
PM counter clear
91
92
zation
93
95
erence value
(prohibited in the field)
96
97
98
119
121
Network initialization
197
198
999
1-88
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
[1]
[2]
1-89
[3]
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
[1]
A
[1]
1-90
[1]
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Image
[2]
[3]
Paper
Paper feed direction
[3]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[2]
1-91
I ADJUSTMENT
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Image
[2]
[3]
Paper
Paper feed direction
1-92
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
3. When the skew is not up to the standards, open
I ADJUSTMENT
[5]
[2]
Note:
Since there is the possibility of jamming, be sure
not make the clearance of the guide plate narrower than the standard value. (Be sure not to
tighten the hexagon nut [3].)
The reference value of the clearance of the guide
plate should be determined based on the position
where the difference in level [A] of the second
stage of the clearance reference block [5]
becomes flush with the metal frame surface [B].
5. Repeat the steps 1 to 4 until the original skew
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
1-93
I ADJUSTMENT
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
ing plates.
Note:
If paper miscentering occurs, move the side guide
forwards and backwards, and adjust the gap for
the paper in use to between 1.0 and 1.5mm.
(The gap must be set so that the tray meets both
the lower limit position and the upper limit position.)
1-94
[7]
[6]
[5]
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
[1]
[2]
3. Position in front and in rear the 2 metal scales
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
1-95
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
[1]
[2]
1-96
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
4. Position in front and in rear the 2 metal scales
I ADJUSTMENT
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
1-97
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
S2
tion.
S3
LED1~4
Mode operation.
Turn ON or OFF, or blink to indicate a specific condition during
Test Mode operations.
S3
S2
S1
1-98
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
Resetting Procedure
Operation
Online
ON
exit
Finisher Tray
exit
Shifting
operation
Aligning Plate
operation
Stapling Unit
CD movement
Exit Roller/
Rolls spacing
Storage Roller/
Rolls spacing
Elevator Tray
operation
Hole Punch
operation
Hole position
selection
Sensor test
1
{
2
{
3
{
4
z
ON
ON ON
ON
ON ON
ON ON ON
ON {
ON z
ON
ON {
ON ON
ON z
ON ON {
ON
ON
ON
LED
ON ON
Indicates sen-
sor state
z: Blinking {: OFF
1-99
I ADJUSTMENT
B. Test Mode
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
b.
c.
d.
Shifting Operation
S1: ON
The Elevator Tray shifts to the front.
S2: ON
The Elevator Tray shifts to the rear.
1-100
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
Aligning Plate Operation
I ADJUSTMENT
e.
S1: ON
At the home position
S1: ON
At a position to align A4 paper
S1: ON
At a position to align 8.5 x 11 paper
S1: ON
At a position to align A4R paper
S1: ON
At a position to align 8.5 x 11R paper
f.
g.
h.
1-101
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
i.
j.
k.
l.
Sensor Test
Sensor
State
LED
1 2 3 4
Unblocked { { { z
Blocked
{ { z {
Blocked
{ z { {
Blocked
z { { {
z: ON
{: OFF
1-102
1-103
I ADJUSTMENT
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-104
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
[2]
[1]
[1]
that of the oblong hole in the exit motor mounting bracket [3].
[2]
1-105
[3]
I ADJUSTMENT
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
1-106
1-107
I ADJUSTMENT
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
Specification
Adjustment range
position
A, D
4.4 3mm
B, C
12.1 4mm
+1mm to -2mm
Measurement
position
Specification
Adjustment range
A
B
4.9 3mm
16.2 4mm
+1mm to -2mm
C
D
10.1 4mm
6.5 3mm
+1mm to -2mm
B
C
Specification
Adjustment range
4.5 3mm
6.0 4mm
+1mm to -2mm
position
A
B
4349D504AA
1-108
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
2-Point Staple
C, F
Adjustment range
6.0 4mm
+1mm to -2mm
Y 4mm
X 4mm
I ADJUSTMENT
Measurement Specification
position
D
E
Y = (paper width-x-11) / 2
X = A3, A4: 137
B4, B5: 114
4349D505AA
A4R: 190
B5R: 162
Substitute above into the equation.
3. If the staple position is misaligned, remove one
screw and the cover.
4. Loosen two adjustment screws and move the
Stapler Unit in the direction of the arrow to make
the adjustment.
5. Make another copy and check the staple position.
4349D513AA
Gear 1
Gear 3
4349D502AA
1-109
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
1-110
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
A
Center
Fold
4511D529AA
1-111
OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
I ADJUSTMENT
Exit direction
4511D531AA
tion.
1-112
ISW
2. SETUP
of IP.
For boards other than the above, the ROM is
required to be changed.
B. Data flow
There are 2 types of data flows for the ISW as
shown below:
This tools allow direct rewriting of the control program in the flash ROM included in the copier main
PCSCBCBFNSCB/PWB-A FN
PCSCBFAX
Important:
Note:
When using the USB, be sure to turn on the USB
radio button in the [Setting (S)] - [Communication
been installed
When the overall control program has not been
2-1
II ISW
II
SETUP
(2) When the overall control program has been
installed
mode.
Transfer case: Version up, when boards other
II ISW
D. ISW connectors
The ISW connectors are provided on the right
side of the main body, and each of the connectors is covered with a cap or seal. Be sure to
a.
Procedure
7322fs2001
ceed to Step 6.
6. Program rewrite screen
Pressing [START] key, cause the machine to be
data waiting condition.
2-2
SETUP
Note:
When the ISW is carried out to make a USB con-
F.
play.
If an error occurs, see the section Error han-
7. Execute the operation according to the procedures specified in the ISW (In-System Writer)
Service Manual.
8. In about 60 seconds after the data transfer from
beginning.
(1) ISW for image control/FNS control/FAX con-
trol
a.
Note:
When Steps 4 and 5 are not carried out to make a
Procedure
Note:
This step is to be used only when carrying out the
ISW to make a USB connection. When a connection method other than the above is used, pro-
menu screen.
(2) When the overall control program is not
installed
ceed to Step 6.
for transfer.
Check to see if the data LED is flashing while
Note:
2-3
II ISW
SETUP
Note:
When the ISW is carried out to make a USB connection, this step should be omitted.
7. Execute the operation according to the procedure given in the ISW (In-system Writer) Service
Manual.
8. In about 100 seconds after completion of the
transfer of data from the PC, the ISW data is
written into the flash ROM in the ISW-intended
II ISW
board.
Note:
When Steps 4 and 5 are not carried out to make a
USB connection, the USB port is not opened and
the data cannot be sent from the PC. When the
normal operation of the ISW is not available, start
all over again from Step 1 after turning the SW1
(main switch) OFF and ON.
Do not turn off the power to the copying machine
while the ISW data is being written.
9. When the data has been written into the flash
ROM, a message Completed successfully is
displayed.
10. Press the [RETURN] key twice to return to the
25 mode menu screen.
2-4
USB ISW
3. USB ISW
The ISW RNs tool for transfer can be installed in the PC by using the setup disk. However, the USB driver
(KCAUSB.SYS) is required to be installed by the plug-and-play of the Windows after connecting the PC and
the copier with the USB cable.
The installation of the USB driver is required only when the PC is connected to the copier for the first time.
(No installation is required on and after the second connection.)
A. Preparation for the installation of the USB driver
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. 25 mode menu screen
II ISW
2. Select Display a list of the known drivers for this device so that I can choose a specific driver in the
Install Hardware Device Drivers screen, and then click [Next].
2-5
USB ISW
3. Select the USB driver in the driver selection screen, and then click [Next] for installation.
In the case of the 7145
II ISW
In the case of the 7235/7228/7222 : Konica Minolta 7222/7228/7235 USB Driver (ISW)
4. When the Completing the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard screen is displayed, click [Finish] to finish the
installation.
5. In the Device Manager screen, check to see if the installation of the USB driver is carried out correctly.
In the case of the 7145
: Konica Minolta 7145 USB Driver (ISW)
In the case of the 7235/7228/7222 : Konica Minolta 7222/7228/7235 USB Driver (ISW)
2-6
SERVICE SCHEDULE
III SERVICE
1. SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.1
Service Schedule
1.1.1 7145
Service item
Maintenance
Every 120,000
copies
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
Maintenance
Every 120,000
copies
Maintenance
Every 120,000
copies
Periodic check (I)
Every 480,000
copies
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
DB-411
III SERVICE
Main
body
x 10,000 copies
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
3-1
z
z
z
z
z
z
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Service item
LT-203
Maintenance
Every 120,000
copies
x 10,000 copies
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
Maintenance
Every 120,000
copies
z
z
z
z
III SERVICE
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
FS-113+RU-101 Maintenance
Every 120,000
copies
FS-114/PK-114 Maintenance
SK-114/BK-114 Every 120,000
copies
1.1.2 7235
Service item
Main
body
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
x 10,000 copies
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
DF-320
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
Periodic check (I)
Every 200,000
copies
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
3-2
z
z
z
z
SERVICE SCHEDULE
DB-211
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
x 10,000 copies
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
z
z
z
z
z
z
FS-113+RU-101 Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
FS-114/PK-114 Maintenance
SK-114/BK-114 Every 100,000
copies
80
III SERVICE
Service item
1.1.3 7228/7222
Service item
Main
body
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
x 10,000 copies
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
z
z
DF-320
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
DB-411
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
3-3
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Service item
DB-211
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
x 10,000 copies
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
z
z
z
z
FS-114/PK-114 Maintenance
SK-114/BK-114 Every 100,000
copies
III SERVICE
FS-113+RU-101 Maintenance
Every 100,000
copies
3-4
80
SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.2
Maintenance Items
1.2.1 7145
Every 120,000 copies/prints
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Preparations
z
z
Fixing unit
Main body
Read unit
Paper
feed unit
Bypass
feed unit
Fixing unit
MaterialsTools
used
z
z
Blower brush
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Blower brush/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
III SERVICE
No. Classification
z
z
z
Solvest 240 or
Multemp FF-RM
z
z
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
3-5
SERVICE SCHEDULE
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Final check
MaterialsTools
used
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Note:
The inlet filters for the FM4/FM7 may get soiled depending on the location in which the machine is placed.
Be sure to clean it when the filter is found clogged with dust while in inspection.
When cleaning is not made properly, toner packing may result due to a temperature rise inside the
machine.
III SERVICE
1.2.2 7235/7228/7222
Every 100,000 copies/prints
No. Classification
1
Preparations
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
z
z
Main body
Read unit
Paper
feed unit
Bypass
feed unit
z
z
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Blower brush/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
3-6
Blower brush
SERVICE SCHEDULE
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Final check
MaterialsTools
used
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
1.2.3 DF-318/320
Every 120,000 copies/prints (7145)
Every 100,000 copies/prints (7235/7228/7222)
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Preparations
Paper feed
section
Blower brush
Blower brush
Blower brush
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Water/
Cleaning pad
Note:
Do not use
alcohol.
Final check
Blower brush
z
z
3-7
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
III SERVICE
Note:
The inlet filters for the FM4 may get soiled depending on the location in which the machine is placed. Be
sure to clean it when the filter is found clogged with dust while in inspection.
When cleaning is not made properly, toner packing may result due to a temperature rise inside the
machine.
SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.2.4 DB-211/411
Every 120,000 copies/prints (7145)
Every 100,000 copies/prints (7235/7228/7222)
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Preparations
Paper feed
section
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Final check
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
1.2.5 LT-203
III SERVICE
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Preparations
Paper feed
section
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Final check
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
1.2.6 FS-112
Every 120,000 copies/prints (7145 only)
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Preparations
Conveyance
section
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Final check
Implementation classification
3-8
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.2.7 FS-113/RU-101
Every 120,000 copies/prints (7145)
Every 100,000 copies/prints (7235/7228/7222)
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Preparations
FS-113
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
(2) Paddle
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Cleaning pad
(2) Exterior
RU-101
Final check
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
1.2.8 FS-114
Every 120,000 copies/prints (7145)
Every 100,000 copies/prints (7235/7228/7222)
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Preparations
Conveyance
section
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Alignment
section
(1) Paddle
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Final check
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
1.2.9 PK-114
Every 120,000 copies/prints (7145)
Every 100,000 copies/prints (7235/7228/7222)
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Conveyance
section
Punch
scraps box
3-9
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
III SERVICE
No. Classification
SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.2.10 SK-114
Every 120,000 copies/prints (7145)
Every 100,000 copies/prints (7235/7228/7222)
No. Classification
Service item
Conveyance
section
Exterior
section
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
1.2.11 BK-114
Every 120,000 copies/prints (7145)
Every 100,000 copies/prints (7235/7228/7222)
No. Classification
Tray
Quantity
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Implementation classification
III SERVICE
Service item
3-10
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.3
1.3.1 7145
A. Periodic check (I) (Every 240,000 copies/prints)
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Drum unit
(1) Drum
Charging
corona unit
Transfer/
separation
corona unit
Developing unit
(1) Developer
Developing unit
installing
z
z
z
Cotton swab
Cleaning pad
Cotton swab
(2 pcs.: 1 for
each of transfer
and separation)
z
1
z
z
Main body
Fixing unit
Final check
Setting powder
MaterialsTools
used
III SERVICE
No. Classification
3-11
SERVICE SCHEDULE
B. Periodic check (II) (Every 360,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification
1
Bypass
feed
(Paper feed
section)
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Actual durable
count : 100,000
Actual durable
count : 100,000
Actual durable
count : 100,000
III SERVICE
Main body
paper feed unit
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Actual durable
count : 200,000
Actual durable
count : 200,000
Transfer/
separation
corona unit
Fixing unit
Actual durable
count : 200,000
Service item
Quantity
Developing unit
Drum unit
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
3-12
Implementation classification
z
z
SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.3.2 7235/7228/7222
A. Periodic check (I) (Every 200,000 copies/prints)
Drum unit
Service item
Quantity
(1) Drum
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
z
z
Charging
corona unit
Transfer/
separation
corona unit
Developing unit
(1) Developer
Developing unit
installing
Setting powder
z
z
z
Cotton swab
Cleaning pad
Cotton swab
(2 pcs.: 1 for
each of transfer
and separation)
z
1
III SERVICE
No. Classification
Main body
Fixing unit
Solvest 240 or
Multemp FFRM
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
(10)Fixing sensor
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
(11)Fixing thermostat
Drum cleaner/
Cleaning pad
3-13
SERVICE SCHEDULE
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Final check
MaterialsTools
used
Bypass
feed
III SERVICE
(Paper feed
section)
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Actual durable
count : 100,000
Actual durable
count : 100,000
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Actual durable
count : 100,000
Service item
Quantity
Main body
paper feed unit
Actual durable
count : 200,000
Actual durable
count : 200,000
Transfer/
separation
corona unit
Fixing unit
3-14
Actual durable
count : 200,000
SERVICE SCHEDULE
D. Periodic check (IV) (Every 600,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
Developing unit
Drum unit
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
z
z
1.3.3 DF-318
A. Periodic check (I) (Every 960,000 copies/prints)
Paper feed
section
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
z
z
Actual durable
count : 250,000
Actual durable
count : 250,000
Paper feed
section
Service item
(1) Paper feed roller
13GL4011
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Actual durable
count : 300,000
1.3.4 DF-320
A. Periodic check (I) (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints)
No. Classification
1
Paper feed
section
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
3-15
III SERVICE
No. Classification
SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.3.5 DB-211
A. Periodic check (I)
Every 480,000 copies/prints (7145)
Every 400,000 copies/prints (7235/7228/7222)
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Paper feed
section
MaterialsTools
used
Actual durable
count : 200,000
Actual durable
count : 200,000
Actual durable
count : 200,000
1.3.6 DB-411
A. Periodic check (I)
Every 240,000 copies/prints (7145)
Every 200,000 copies/prints (7235/7228/7222)
III SERVICE
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Paper feed
section
MaterialsTools
used
Actual durable
count : 200,000
Actual durable
count : 200,000
Actual durable
count : 200,000
1.3.7 LT-203
A. Periodic check (I)
Every 240,000 copies/prints (7145)
Every 400,000 copies/prints (7235/7228/7222)
No. Classification
Service item
Quantity
Implementation classification
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Paper feed
section
MaterialsTools
used
Actual durable
count : 200,000
Actual durable
count : 200,000
3-16
Actual durable
count : 200,000
SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.3.8 FS-112
A. Periodic check (I)
Every 600,000 copies/prints
Exit section
Service item
(1) Paper exit roller /A
13GQ4519
Quantity
MaterialsTools
used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Implementation classification
Actual durable
count : 600,000
III SERVICE
No. Classification
3-17
SERVICE SCHEDULE
1.4
III SERVICE
No.
Parts name
Parts No.
Quantity
Actual durable
count
240,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
26TA-209
240,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
40LA-990
(7145)
27LA-200
(7235/7228/7222)
720,000
(7145)
600,000
(7235/7228/7222)
40LA-260
480,000
(7145)
400,000
(7235/7228/7222)
240,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
40LA-300
(7145)
27LA-300
(7235/7228/7222)
720,000
(7145)
600,000
(7235/7228/7222)
01 DC (including changing
corona unit)
Drum
02
03
Drum unit
04 Transfer/separation
corona
Transfer/separation corona
unit
05 Developing unit
Developer
06
Developing unit
07 Main body
Ozone filter
40LA1017
240,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
41
Suction filter /A
40LA-318
120,000
(7145)
100,000
(7235/7228/7222)
42
40LA-314
120,000
(7145)
100,000
(7235/7228/7222)
40LA4009
200,000
26NA4011
200,000
10
26NA4012
200,000
tion rubber
11
40LA4009
200,000
12
26NA4011
200,000
13
26NA4012
200,000
3-18
No.
Unit
Parts name
Parts No.
Quantity
Actual durable
count
14 DB-211/411
40LA4009
200,000
15
26NA4011
200,000
16
26NA4012
200,000
17 DB-211
40LA4009
200,000
18
26NA4011
200,000
19
26NA4012
200,000
40AA-406
100,000
21
26NA-428
100,000
22
Feed roller
40AA-425
100,000
23 Fixing unit
40LA5303
(7145)
26NA5303
(7235/7228/7222)
120,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
24
40LA5304
(7145)
27LA5304
(7235/7228/7222)
120,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
25
40LA-540
(7145)
27LA-540
(7235/7228/7222)
240,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
26
26NA5372
120,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
27
26NA5373
120,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
28
40LA5394
(7145)
27LA5394
(7235/7228/7222)
120,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
30
Fixing claw
26NA5427
(7145)
27LA5427
(7235/7228/7222)
240,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
31
Fixing bearing/U
26NA5371
240,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
3-19
III SERVICE
SERVICE SCHEDULE
SERVICE SCHEDULE
III SERVICE
No.
Unit
Parts name
Quantity
Actual durable
count
26NA5359
240,000
(7145)
200,000
(7235/7228/7222)
40LA-534
(7145)
26WA-534
(7235/7228/7222)
480,000
(7145)
400,000
(7235/7228/7222)
32 Fixing unit
Fixing bearing/L
33
34
Fuse holder
SP00-0110
480,000
(7145)
400,000
(7235/7228/7222)
35
40LA8302
480,000
36
40LA8303
480,000
37 DF-318/320
13GL4011
300,000
38
Feed rubber
12QV4034
250,000
39
13GL-405
250,000
40 FS-112
13GQ4519
600,000
43 LT-203
40LA4009
200,000
44
Feed rubber
40LA4011
200,000
45
26NA4012
200,000
1.5
Unit
Parts name
Fixing unit
Fuse mounting
plate assembly
Note:
SP is indicated in front of the parts number of
the important maintenance part. Exercise care
when installing the parts according to III. Directions for disassembly and assembly in this manual.
Parts No.
3-20
1 PM PARTS KIT
2. 1 PM PARTS KIT
7145
Name
Parts No.
Quantity
40LA5303
40LA5304
26NA5372
26NA5373
40LA5394
Suction filter/A
40LA-318
40LA-314
Dust bag
Parts No.
Quantity
26TA-209
Ozone filter
40LA1017
26NA5303
27LA5304
27LA-540
26NA5372
26NA5373
Fixing claw
27LA5427
Fixing bearing/U
26NA5371
Fixing bearing/L
26NA5359
27LA5394
Suction filter/A
40LA-318
40LA-314
Dust bag
III SERVICE
120,000 copies/kit
7235/7228/7222
200,000 copies/kit
Name
3-21
III SERVICE
Material No.
Name
00V-16-0
Drum cleaner
000V-19-0
Setting powder
000V-18-1
Cleaning pad
00GR00260
Multemp FF-RM
00GR00210
Solvest 240
Shape
Remark
200ml
25g
10pcs/1pack
25g
Multemp FF-RM
recommended
3-22
CE TOOLS LIST
4. CE TOOLS LIST
Tool No.
26NA21340
Name
Shape
Quantity
1
Remark
Mounted on the drum
unit.
26NAJG011
00VD-5000
120A9711
Adjustment chart
For DF adjustment
DF-320 is contained in
120A9712
White chart
III SERVICE
For DF adjustment
DF-320 is contained in
the same package.
00VC-2-00
Drum cover
00VD-1000
Blower brush
00VE-1003
Tester
14GS46310
ing jig
3-23
III SERVICE
CE TOOLS LIST
Blank page
3-24
IV DIAGRAMS
1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
1.1
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
4-1
IV DIAGRAMS
7322fs4011
[4]
[3]
[2]
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[3]
TS (Thermostat)
[2]
[4]
4-2
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[4]
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
[2]
4-3
[8]
[7]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[7]
[4]
[8]
IV DIAGRAMS
3
[2]
4-4
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
SW3 (Interlock switch)
[3]
[2]
[4]
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
4-5
[18]
[17]
[16]
[1]
[15]
[2]
[14]
[13]
[12]
[3]
[4]
[11]
[5]
[10]
[6]
[9]
IV DIAGRAMS
[8]
[7]
[1]
[10]
[2]
[3]
[11]
[12]
[4]
[5]
[13]
[14]
[6]
[7]
[15]
[16]
M1 (Main motor)
SD5 (ADU gate solenoid)
[8]
[9]
M8 (Tray motor/L)
M6 (ADU motor)
[17]
[18]
4-6
[5]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
[1]
M5 (Polygon motor)
4-7
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
[2]
4-8
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
7322fs4001
[3]
[2]
setting
FM4 (Internal cooling fan/1)
[4]
[5]
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
4-9
[8]
[9]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
IV DIAGRAMS
[5]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[7]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[9]
[5]
4-10
[9]
[1]
[8]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
7322fs4002e
[6]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[8]
[4]
[5]
[9]
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
4-11
[8]
[7]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
TC (Total counter)
(7145 is provided as standard equipment)
[5]
[6]
[2]
[3]
KC (Key counter)
OB (Operation board)
[7]
[8]
[4]
IV DIAGRAMS
[3]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
4-12
[3]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
4-13
1.2
[5]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[5]
[6]
IV DIAGRAMS
[4]
[7]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[6]
[3]
[4]
[7]
4-14
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[5]
1.3
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[7]
[3]
[4]
[8]
parts setting
PS102 (Tray upper limit sensor/3)
[5]
[9]
4-15
[8]
[7]
[1]
[6]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[6]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[8]
1.4
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
4-16
[4]
[5]
[6]
parts setting
PS102 (Tray upper limit sensor/3)
[5]
[6]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[6]
1.5
[9]
[10]
[11]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[1]
[6]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[8]
[4]
[5]
[9]
[10]
parts setting
[11]
4-17
IV DIAGRAMS
[7]
1.6
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
M706 (Tray up/down motor)
PS706 (Tray lower limit sensor)
[4]
[5]
[3]
[6]
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
4-18
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
[2]
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
4-19
[6]
[5]
[7]
[8]
[4]
[3]
[9]
[2]
[1]
[6]
[7]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[9]
[5]
IV DIAGRAMS
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
4-20
1.7
[2]
[3]
[1]
[2]
1.8
[3]
IV DIAGRAMS
[3]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
4-21
29 (W: 32 pin)
23 (GY: 22 pin)
16 (W: 15 pin)
18 (W: 14 pin)
38 (W: 9 pin)
35 (W: 5 pin)
37 (W: 8 pin)
1 (W: 8 pin)
27 (W: 8 pin)
2 (BK: 68 pin)
20 (W: 4 pin)
42 (W: 8 pin)
21 (W: 6 pin)
24 (W: 40 pin)
22 (W: 5 pin)
19 (W: 9 pin)
40 (W: 4 pin)
26 (W: 34 pin)
25 (W: 36 pin)
IV DIAGRAMS
39 (W: 4 pin)
4-22
15 (W: 24 pin)
29 (W: 30 pin)
23 (GY: 22 pin)
17 (W: 36 pin)
32 (W: 3 pin)
38 (W: 9 pin)
19 (W: 3 pin)
16 (W: 9 pin)
33 (W: 4 pin)
35 (W: 5 pin)
27 (W: 8 pin)
37 (W: 8 pin)
15 (W: 30 pin)
90 (W: 8 pin)
20 (W: 4 pin)
21 (W: 6 pin)
24 (W: 38 pin)
22 (W: 5 pin)
42 (W: 8 pin)
26 (W: 36 pin)
25 (W: 34 pin)
15 (W: 30 pin)
7322fs4003
14 (W: 4 pin)
45 (W: 4 pin)
39 (W: 9 pin)
44 (W: 22 pin)
IV DIAGRAMS
34 (W: 24 pin)
4-23
31 (W: 7 pin)
7145fs4033
59 (GY: 24 pin)
58 (W: 20 pin)
44 (W: 22 pin)
502
(W: 3 pin)
40 (W: 36 pin)
41 (W: 8 pin)
48 (W: 4 pin)
7322fs4004
70 (W: 9 pin)
71 (W: 12 pin)
72 (W: 3 pin)
IV DIAGRAMS
D. DC power supply
1 (W: 5 pin)
3 (W: 5 pin)
7 (W: 26 pin)
6 (W: 20 pin)
8 (W: 4 pin)
10 (W: 3 pin)
5 (W: 4 pin)
7322fs4005e
60 (W: 50 pin)
4-24
64 (W: 9 pin)
60 (W: 5 pin)
G. Operation board
84 (W: 13 pin)
89 (W: 8 pin)
7322fs4006e
I.
IV DIAGRAMS
H. LD drive board
7322fs4007e
J.
4-25
L.
IV DIAGRAMS
1 (BK: 20 pin)
97 (W: 2 pin)
O. Display inverter
77 (W: 4 pin)
71 (W: 3 pin)
4-26
71 (W: 6 pin)
70 (W: 9 pin)
7322fs4008
IV DIAGRAMS
99 (W: 4 pin)
4-27
2.2
A. DF drive board
216 (W: 6 pin)
2.3
A. DB drive board
101 (9 pin)
100 (6 pin)
IV DIAGRAMS
4-28
2.4
A. DB drive board
101 (9 pin)
100 (6 pin)
105 (3 pin)
2.5
114 (3 pin)
113 (17 pin)
4-29
IV DIAGRAMS
A. LT drive board
2.6
712(2 pin)
706 (2 pin)
711 (2 pin)
2.7
A. Fuse board
IV DIAGRAMS
F1
3 (W: 6 pin)
4 (W: 2 pin)
4-30
708 (8 pin)
Jam
Causes
Resulting
Bypass
Upper
J10
J11
tray
Lower
J12
tray
DB tray
J13
J14
LT-203
DB tray
J15
J16-1
During operation
Code
Correction
operation
If copying is in
progress at
copier com-
pletes ejection
jammed paper.
LT-203
Others
Others
FS-112
Others
J16-2
J20-2
J20-3
J20-3
FS-113
Others
FS-114
turned OFF.
PS104 (Paper feed sensor/U) or PS105
Printer section
Remove jammed
stops immediately.
paper according to
message.
IV DIAGRAMS
J20-3
Jam
Causes
Resulting
Others
Others
J20-4
J20-5
RU-101
Others
J20-6
FS-112
Correction
operation
During operation
Code
When an emergency stop instruction is
Printer section
Remove jammed
stops immedi-
paper according to
ately.
message.
Others
J20-6
FS-114
Others
FS-113
J20-7
Others
J20-7
SK-114
Others
FS-113
J20-8
IV DIAGRAMS
Conveyance
J30
J31
Fixing/
J32
Exit
Others
J50-1
J50-2
J50-3
4-32
Causes
Resulting
J61-1
320
J61-2
J62-1
J62-2
J62-3
The RADF
stops immedi-
ately.
Remove any
tion.
conveyance sec-
J62-4
J63-1
J63-2
J63-3
J63-4
When idling
DF-318/
Correction
operation
During operation
Code
IV DIAGRAMS
Classification
J65-8
idling state.
PS302 (Original exit sensor) ON during idling
J65-9
state.
PS308 (Original registration sensor), PS302
J65-2
J65-3
4-33
Jam
Causes
Resulting
DF-318/
J65-11
320
Correction
operation
When idling
Code
PS308 (Original registration sensor), PS309
FS-112
J72-1
Remove jammed
idling state.
Remove jammed
J72-1
RU-101
the FNS/RU/main
body.
FS-114
J72-1
Remove jammed
paper, if any, from
FS-112
J72-2
FS-113
J72-2
Remove jammed
paper, if any, from
FS-114
J72-2
sor) is ON.
PC5-FN (Transport sensor) is ON during
J72-3
idling.
PC8-FN (Storage tray detecting sensor) is
FS-112
J72-16
FS-113 J72-16
RU-101
FS-114
FS-112
J72-16
J72-17
During operation
IV DIAGRAMS
SK-114 J72-4
ON during idling.
PC20-SK (Saddle exit sensor) is ON during
idling.
The FNS/main
Remove jammed
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed
paper, if any, from
the FNS/RU/main
body.
sor) ON.
PS707 (No paper sensor) failed to turn ON
paper if any.
Remove jammed
body.
4-34
Jam
Causes
Resulting
FS-113
J72-17
During operation
Code
Correction
operation
The FNS/main
body stop
immediately.
jammed paper, if
FS-114
J72-17
paper if any.
FS-113
J72-18
jammed paper, if
any, from the FNS/
main body.
FS-114
FS-112
J72-18
J72-19
J72-21
remove jammed
paper if any.
Remove jammed
paper, if any, from
4-35
IV DIAGRAMS
sensor) ON.
Jam
Causes
Resulting
operation
The FNS/main
body stop
immediately.
and remove
FS-113
FS-114
J72-21
J72-21
SK-114
During operation
Code
Correction
jammed paper, if
ON.
Remove jammed
J72-23
FS-114
J72-25
SK-114
FS-114
J72-43
PK-114
FS-112
remove jammed
paper if any.
J72-81
Remove the
jammed staple.
pleted.)
FS-113
J72-81
The FNS/main
body stop
immediately.
IV DIAGRAMS
jammed staples, if
any.
FS-113
J72-81
J72-82
J72-83
Remove jammed
staple, if any.
After the staple motor 2 starts forward rotation, the PC14 (Staple home sensor) is not
and remove
jammed staples, if
any.
4-36
Jam
Causes
Resulting
J72-84
J72-85
IT-101
J75-1
J75-10
J75-11
During operation
SK-114
Correction
operation
Saddle staple home position sensor 1 does
Code
J75-12
The FNS/main
Remove jammed
staple, if any.
immediately.
Printer section
within a predetermined time after PS2 (Fixing exit sensor) turning ON.
stops immediately.
J75-13
J81
J82
idling state.
veyance door,
remove jammed
IV DIAGRAMS
Paper
feed
When idling
paper. If paper is
jammed in the main
body: open the ADU
door, remove the
J83
Paper
exit
J90
jammed paper.
Open the LT top
state.
4-37
Jam
Causes
Resulting
ADU
J92
conveyance
J97-1
Correction
operation
During operation
Code
PS1 (Registration sensor) failed to turn ON
Printer section
stops immedi-
ADU reversal.
ately.
paper.
J97-2
J100
IV DIAGRAMS
When idling
4-38
Classification Warning
Causes
Resulting
Main body
code
Communication
F10-1
abnormalities
F10-2
operation
The main
body stops
immediately,
(Main) turn
board).
Communication error at CB (Main
OFF.
CB (Main body control board)
F10-4
Paper feed
tray abnor-
F18-1
malities
F18-2
Main body
F18-3
Paper feed
tray abnor-
F18-4
malities
F18-5
sor/3)
immediately,
and the RL1
(Main) turn
OFF.
sor)
4-39
IV DIAGRAMS
Causes
Resulting
code
Drum-area
F22-1
abnormalities
F23-1
operation
Internal overheating
136F.
(7145 only)
lamp) connector
F26-1
voltage
power
error
F26-2
F26-3
IV DIAGRAMS
F26-4
the automatic toner supply feature should restore the toner den-
Main body
F28-1
power
error
Charging abnormality
When the EM signal (charge_em
If any copying
operation is
Charging corona
HV (High voltage power)
CB (Main body control board)
body after
completion of
paper exit.
Turn the RL1
F28-2
(Main) off.
The main
body stops
immediately,
4-40
Causes
Resulting
code
F28-3
operation
The main
Separation corona
body stops
(separate_em) is detected 3
immediately,
(Main) turn
in 1 job.
OFF.
The main
temperature
mality (TH1)
body stops
abnormalities
immediately,
(Main) turn
OFF. Accep-
tance of all
keys is dis-
WARNING
When F34-, F35- or
abled.
F34-1
F34-2
Low fixing
temperature
abnormalities
F35-1
F36-
to 0 without repairing a
defective part, this may
cause a fire.
IV DIAGRAMS
High fixing
4-41
Causes
Resulting
Main body
code
Low fixing temperature abnormal-
tempera-
body stops
ture abnor-
immediately,
malities
(Main) turn
OFF. Accep-
tance of all
keys is dis-
abled.
Low fixing
F35-2
F35-3
IV DIAGRAMS
(fixing
tempera-
to 0 without repairing a
defective part, this may
cause a fire.
F35-4
WARNING
operation
The main
4-42
Causes
Resulting
operation
The main
temperature
body stops
abnormalities
immediately,
(Main) turn
OFF. Accep-
tance of all
keys is dis-
abled.
Low fixing
F35-5
F35-6
WARNING
When F34-, F35- or
F36-
(fixing
tempera-
to 0 without repairing a
defective part, this may
cause a fire.
IV DIAGRAMS
Main body
code
4-43
Causes
Resulting
Main body
code
Fixing heat roller wrapping jam
temperature
failure (TH2)
body stops
abnormalities
immediately,
(Main) turn
OFF. Accep-
tance of all
keys is dis-
abled.
Low fixing
F35-8
F35-9
IV DIAGRAMS
(fixing
tempera-
to 0 without repairing a
defective part, this may
cause a fire.
ture.
TH2 (Fxing temperature sensor/
F36-
ing sensor
abnormalities
2) contact failure
In warming up, when the temper-
WARNING
1) contact failure
In warming up, when the temper-
operation
The main
4-44
Causes
Resulting
operation
The main
ing sensor
1)open abnormality
body stops
abnormalities
immediately,
(Main) turn
OFF. Accep-
period of time.
tance of all
keys is dis-
abled.
F36-2
F36-3
F36-4
WARNING
When F34-, F35- or
F36-
(fixing
tempera-
2) open abnormality
(Sub CPU detection)
to 0 without repairing a
defective part, this may
cause a fire.
Scanner stops
immediately.
M2 (Scanner motor)
SCDB (Scanner drive board)
(7145 only)
CB (Main body control board)
mined time.
L1 (Exposure lamp) abnormality
IV DIAGRAMS
Main body
code
L1 (Exposure lamp)
The main
body stops
Laser diode
LDB (LD drive board)
malities
output.
Laser index abnormality
immediately,
and the RL1
(Main) turn
OFF.
M5 (Polygon motor)
SCB (System control board)
Laser route
ADB (A/D conversion board)
F46-8
F46-10
AOC abnormality
Scanner stops
immediately.
F46-11
L1 (Exposure lamp)
INV1 (Exposure lamp inverter)
SCB (System control board)
Exposure unit stop position
4-45
Causes
Resulting
Main body
code
Image
F49-4
control abnor-
operation
INDEX (Index sensor board) con-
The main
nection abnormality
body stops
malities
immediately,
and the RL1
(Main) turn
OFF.
F49-6
Scanner stops
nection abnormality
immediately.
board)
SCB (System control board)
Flex wiring harness
F51-4
(7145)
The main
body stops
immediately,
and the RL1
(Main) turn
OFF.
abnormality
Motor lock detection (LD) signal
M3 (Developing motor)
CB (Main body control board)
M1 (Main motor)
CB (Main body control board)
IV DIAGRAMS
F51-6
M5 (Polygon motor)
CB (Main body control board)
starting to run.
Fan lock
abnormalities
F52-1
abnormality
When the motor lock signal (EM)
4-46
Causes
Resulting
Fan lock
F52-2
abnormalities (7145/
7235)
operation
The main
mality
body stops
immediately,
(Main) turn
OFF.
IV DIAGRAMS
Main body
code
Printer controller
4-47
Causes
Resulting
operation
The main
abnormality
body stops
immediately,
(Main) turn
OFF.
Main body
code
Fan lock
F52-8
abnormalities (7145)
(7235)
E56-1
abnormalities
Communication abnormality
between system-control of the
SCB (System control board) and
engine-control of the CB (Main
body control board).
Occurs if SCB fails to responds
IV DIAGRAMS
Communication abnormality
between system-control of the
SCB (System control board) and
engine-control of the CB (Main
body control board).
While on standby, the process
Ready signal has not been
detected for the specified period
E56-3
of time.
Communication abnormality
between system-control of the
SCB (System control board) and
engine-control of the CB (Main
body control board).
While on standby, the scanner
Ready signal has not been
detected for the specified period
of time.
4-48
Engine power
supply OFF
Causes
Resulting
Communication abnormality
operation
Engine power
communication
supply OFF
abnormalities
Image control
E56-4
Communication abnormality
E56-6
abnormalities
E56-7
insertion.
Operation management error
E56-8
E56-9
E56-10
IV DIAGRAMS
Main body
code
OB (Operation board)
E56-11
communication
abnormalities
(Except
the 7145)
SCB program
Communication abnormality
between system-control of the
4-49
Causes
Resulting
Main body
code
Communication abnormality
operation
Engine power
communication
supply OFF
abnormalities
Image control
E56-13
FNS
The main
communication
body stops
abnormalities
immediately,
(FS-112/113/
114)
FNS
F70-1
FS-112
F70-11
FS-113
F77-1
OFF.
flash ROM.
M8 (Shift motor) drive abnormal-
M8 (Shift motor)
ity
When starting to return to the
turned ON.
When starting to move to the
IV DIAGRAMS
F77-2
starts to go up.
While in copying, the PS711
is not turned ON in the specified period of time after the
4-50
Causes
Resulting
FS-113
F77-2
operation
The main
mality
body stops
immediately,
sensor)
(Main) turn
OFF.
M7 (Elevator motor)
F77-2
During tray ascending, PC14FN (Top face detection sensor) does not ON after specified time from M11-FN ON.
FS-112
F77-3
FN is locked.
M704 (Alignment motor /F) drive
abnormality
The PS710 (Alignment HP
IV DIAGRAMS
FNS
code
4-51
Causes
Resulting
FNS
code
FS-113
F77-3
operation
The main
abnormality
body stops
immediately,
(Main) turn
OFF.
FS-114
F77-3
ON.
M4-FN (Alignment motor 1) driv-
ing failure
PC6-FN (Alignment home
position sensor 1)
IV DIAGRAMS
FS-113
F77-4
4-52
Causes
Resulting
FS-114
F77-4
operation
The main
drive failure
body stops
immediately,
position sensor)
(Main) turn
OFF.
FS-112
F77-5
drive abnormality
The M707 does not make a turn
F77-5
IV DIAGRAMS
FNS
code
F77-6
abnormality
The PS708 (Stapler unit HP
4-53
Causes
Resulting
FNS
code
FS-113
F77-6
operation
The main
drive abnormality
body stops
immediately,
(Main) turn
OFF.
FS-114
F77-6
1-staple position.
M7-FN (Stapling unit moving
motor)
PWB-A FN (Control board)
starting of HP search.
PC10-FN does not OFF when
starting to move to 1-position
stapling position.
FS-112
F77-11
IV DIAGRAMS
F77-11
4-54
Causes
Resulting
FS-113
F77-12
operation
The main
body stops
Staple motor 1
immediately,
(Main) turn
OFF.
FS-114
F77-12
staple1/F.
Stapler drive failure
Staple motor
F77-13
IV DIAGRAMS
FNS
code
F77-14
4-55
Causes
Resulting
FNS
code
FS-112
F77-16
operation
The main
mality
body stops
immediately,
(Main) turn
OFF.
plate HP search.
F77-18
F77-22
IV DIAGRAMS
time.
During M13-SK driving (moving aside), PC23-SK does not
ON within specified time.ve to
F77-23
failure
After M14-SK (Layable guide
4-56
Causes
Resulting
FS-114
F77-24
operation
The main
body stops
immediately,
close motor)
press-operation starting of
(Main) turn
OFF.
close motor) .
F77-25
F77-26
ing.
M10-SK (Crease motor ) drive
failure
During M10-SK driving, PC22-SK
position sensor)
time.
M8-SK (Saddle exit motor) drive
failure
Lock signal ON is continu-
F77-27
4-57
IV DIAGRAMS
FNS
code
Causes
Resulting
FNS
code
FS-114
F77-28
operation
The main
ing failure
body stops
immediately,
position sensor 2)
(Main) turn
OFF.
F77-29
aside).
PC11-FN does not OFF within
specified time from SL2-FN
ON (during pressing paper).
FS-113
F77-53
IV DIAGRAMS
F77-54
Punch motor
Punch position sensor 1
FS-114
F77-55
4-58
Causes
Resulting
Main body
code
Nonvolatile
F80-1
operation
Nonvolatile memory abnormality
Stop immedi-
memory
*1
ately
abnormalities F80-2
*1
F80-3
F80-4
F80-5
*1
SCB (System control board)
Engine power
supply OFF
SCB program
Software abnormality
CB (Main body control board) and
CB program
SCB program
types.
An OS error occurs in the image
error
mality
HDD abnor-
F82-3
abnormality
I-FAX report initializing error
error
Main body
F82-2
malities
HDD
IV DIAGRAMS
HDD
OS
HDD reformat
CB (Main control board)
Access
E82-10
abnormalities
E82-12
E82-13
4-59
Causes
Resulting
Main body
code
Access
E82-14
abnormalities
operation
Engine power
abnormality
supply OFF
E82-16
E82-17
E82-18
HDD
E82-50
access error
I-FAX report initializing error
error
Access
E82-51
error
also included.
I-FAX report access error
IV DIAGRAMS
Network
F85-1
abnormalities
work I/O
NetWork section
Stop the
IEEE1284
Stop the
USBI/O
USB section
hardware factors).
Copier/Fax can be used.
E85-11
4-60
Causes
Resulting
Network
code
Network
E85-12
abnormalities
operation
Network reset abnormality
work function
NetWork section
work print
function
E85-14
E85-15
E85-18
Talk) signal.
Network scan operation abnormality
work scan
function
E85-21
function
Stop the IPP
E85-22
function
Stop the FTP
server function
E85-23
function
Network
E85-24
E85-25
E85-30
abnormality
Software abnormality while in
eKRDS Send-
transmission operation
eKRDS reception operation
stop
Network
abnormality
Software abnormality while in
eKRDS
Receiving
reception operation
LDAP module abnormality
function stop
stop
IV DIAGRAMS
E85-17
ing function
LDAP function
No memory obtainable.
Improper operation on MIO
HDD
LDAP.
HDD abnor-
E86-6
mality
(7145)
4-61
function
Causes
Resulting
IP
code
Printer board
F87-1
abnormalities
operation
Printer controller not identified.
Printer cannot
be used.
Printer controller
Engine power
supply OFF
succession.
F87-3
Main body
E88-1
Image abnormality
If any copying
communication
operation is
abnormalities
being made,
stop the main
body after
completion of
paper exit.
Turn the RL1
E89-1
E89-2
(Main) off.
Engine power
supply OFF
Engine section
Engine power
IV DIAGRAMS
E89-3
E89-4
E89-5
engine.)
Copy sequence abnormality
Memory printer did not complete
stop. (Notification of stop comple-
E89-6
supply OFF
All indicators
on the operation panel
light.
4-62
Causes
Resulting
System control
E89-11
communication
abnormalities
operation
Carriage return not possible error
Engine power
supply OFF
E89-21
E89-22
E89-23
E89-24
E89-25
E89-26
E89-27
4-63
IV DIAGRAMS
Main body
code
Causes
Resulting
Main body
code
Carriage return not possible error
operation
Engine power
communication
supply OFF
abnormalities
copying interrupt.
System control
E89-28
E89-32
E89-33
1 not possible.
Abnormality when deleting queue
n due to the generation of task n
not possible.
E89-34
E89-35
E89-36
E89-37
E89-38
IV DIAGRAMS
E89-41
E89-42
memory shortage.
Scheduling abnormality (message transmission error) when
FAX print cannot be started due
E89-43
to memory shortage.
Printer scheduling abnormality
(message transmission error) due
to memory being full.
E89-51
E89-52
E89-53
4-64
Causes
Resulting
System control
E89-54
communication
abnormalities
operation
Operation abnormality when
Engine power
supply OFF
scan job 0)
E89-55
E89-56
E89-57
E89-58
E89-59
E89-60
E89-61
E89-62
E89-63
E89-64
E89-65
0)
Operation abnormality when copying interrupt (copy Z-folding scan
job 0)
E89-66
E89-67
0)
Operation abnormality when copy-
E89-80
E89-81
4-65
IV DIAGRAMS
Main body
code
*1
Parameter memory board abnormality display priority. For these error codes, the priority for display has
been specified. When two or more errors occur at the same time, they are displayed in the following
order:
1.F80-4
2.F80-5
3.F80-3
4.F80-1
5.F80-2
IV DIAGRAMS
Note:
For FAX related error codes, see FK/FL Service Manual.
4-66
Classification Warning
Causes
Resulting
Network
N14
abnormalities
operation
I-FAX reception abnormality
JOB
1000 pages.
N14-00 eKRDS reception abnormality
IV DIAGRAMS
Network
code
N25
DNS error
The LDAP server address was
specified incorrectly.
Connection error
The connection from the LDAP
server was rejected.
N26
Connection error
The LDAP server is corresponding to any version other than 3.0.
4-67
Causes
Resulting
Network
code
Network
N27
abnormalities
Connection error
N29
N30
work scan
incorrect.
(SMB) function
N31
N32
while in authorization.
Network scan operation abnormality
N33
N34
N35
IV DIAGRAMS
N37
N38
neous.
Network scan operation abnormality
The medium of the transfer
address is erroneous.
N39
N40
fer.
Network scan operation abnormality
N41
N42
operation
4-68
Network section
Causes
Resulting
Network
N43
abnormalities
operation
SCB (System control board)
Network section
(SMB) function
N45
N50
N52
N53
N54
ized.
Network scan operation abnormality
Network cable
N55
N56
IV DIAGRAMS
Network
code
N57
N58
out.
Network scan operation abnormality
abnormal.
TCP/IP setting is disable.
N59
abnormal.
4-69
Causes
Resulting
Network
code
Network
N60
abnormalities
operation
Stop the Net-
is abnormal.
tion (E-Mail)
N62
JOB
N63
N64
IV DIAGRAMS
N66
N70
N71
N72
4-70
Causes
Resulting
Network
N73
abnormalities
operation
LDAP search error
function
Network section
N75
N76
N77
N80
tion (FTP)
parameter is abnormal.
The length of the file name is in
excess of the upper limit of 32
bytes.
N81
Network section
Network cable
IV DIAGRAMS
Network
code
abnormal.
N82
N83
Network section
N86
abnormal.
Network scan operation abnormality
Network cable
Network section
is abnormal.
The server supporting the
Network cable
4-71
Causes
Resulting
Network
code
Network
N87
abnormalities
abnormal.
tion (FTP)
N88
N89
N91
N92
IV DIAGRAMS
operation
Stop the Net-
4-72
4.2
As for the abnormalities listed below, the device can be used temporarily by separating the defective unit.
Pressing the auto reset key while an error code appears and turning ON/OFF the SW2 (Sub power switch)
allows you to detach the defective unit as a software and use other functions. However, when the SW2 is
turned ON or OFF without removing the cause of trouble, the abnormality will be detected again with an
error code displayed. (Function effective for once only)
Error code
18-1
Error
Error in main body upper
Remarks
Tray can not be selected.
tray up
18-2
18-3
DB upper tray
18-4
18-5
70-1, 70-9
Error in LT tray up
FNS abnormality
LT tray
FNS
70-11
FNS abnormality
FNS
must be removed.
FNS can not be used; FNS
FNS
FNS
FNS
77-2
77-5
mality
Pressure motor drive
77-17
abnormality
Fan motor drive abnormal-
77-3, 77-16
ity
Error in FNS alignment
must be removed.
Only straight exit remains avail-
77-6, 77-11
plate
FNS stapler error
able. (FS-112)
Only straight exit remains avail-
77-3, 77-6,
FNS
able. (FS-112)
The selection of the staple, sort
77-12, 77-28
77-13, 77-14,
77-22, 77-23,
77-26
82-2
82-3
ization abnormality
I-FAX report initialization
85-1
abnormality
Network device abnormal-
85-2
ity
IEEE1284 device abnor-
85-3
mality
USB device abnormality
SK
HDD
available. (SK-114)
Copying, printing (except a per-
HDD
Network
IEEE1284
enabled.
Copying and faxing remain
USB
enabled.
Copying and faxing remain
enabled.
4-73
IV DIAGRAMS
tray up
Error
Remarks
86-2, 86-3
FAX
86-6
HDD
86-7, 86-8
FL-102/FL-103 board
FL-102/FL-103
enabled.
error
87-2, 87-3
can be used.
Printer
ties
4.3
enabled.
Code
0003
Cause
The TDS (Toner density sensor) output
Clearance method
SW2 (Sub power
switch)
OFF/ON
0004
The TDS output ripple while the developer is being agitated during L detection
SW2
OFF/ON
M1 (Main motor)
Developing agitator
screw
Developing unit connector
TDS
IV DIAGRAMS
0005
0006
4.4
CB
Developer
SW2
OFF/ON2
TDS
CB
TCSB (Toner control sensor board) output signal D/A conversion error
SW2
OFF/ON
CB
TSCB
For the SCB (System control board), there are two orange and green status indicator LEDs. The table
below shows the status indicated by these two LEDs.
ON/OFF of LED
Green LED flashin
Orange LED on
Orange LED off
4-74
4-75
HV (Charging corona)
HV (Developing bias)
HV (Transfer corona section)
HV (Separation corona)
PCL (Pre-charging exposure lamp)
TSL (Transfer synchronization lamp)
HV (Paper entrance guide plate)
IV DIAGRAMS
START button ON
: Does not come ON for some copy counts.
10
5.1
Time (sec)
Item
SD1 (1st paper feed solenoid /U)
PS1 (Registration sensor)
V-Valid
PS21 (Timing sensor /U)
MC1 (Registration clutch)
MC2 (Loop clutch)
PS2 (Fixing exit sensor)
PS23 (IT exit sensor /U)
TIMING CHART
5. TIMING CHART
7145 Timing Chart
Time (sec)
4-76
HV (Separation corona)
PCL (Pre-charging exposure lamp)
START button ON
: Does not come ON for some copy counts.
10
5.2
Item
IV DIAGRAMS
TIMING CHART
7322fs4009
4-77
R
R 230mm/s
230mm/s
230mm/s
230mm/s
M1 (Main motor)
M6 (ADU motor)
FF 600mm/s
600mm/s
V-Valid
Time (sec)
START button ON
IV DIAGRAMS
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
5.3
Item
TIMING CHART
Time (sec)
4-78
R 165mm/s*
165mm/s*
140mm/s (7228/7222)
* 165mm/s (7235)
M1 (Main motor)
M6
(ADU motor)
F 600mm/s
SD5
(ADU gate solenoid)
PS21
(Timing sensor /U)
MC1 (Registration clutch)
V-Valid
START button ON
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
5.4
Item
IV DIAGRAMS
TIMING CHART
7322fs4010
4-79
230mm/s
R 460mm/s
460mm/s
F 230mm/s
M303
230mm/s
R 460mm/s
F 100mm/s
M301
(Original feed motor)
250mm/s
Valid (Scan)
Time (sec)
0
IV DIAGRAMS
START button ON
5.5
Item
TIMING CHART
Time (sec)
230mm/s
460mm/s
4-80
230mm/s
R 460mm/s
460mm/s
F 230mm/s
M303
F 100mm/s
M301
(Original feed motor)
250mm/s
Valid (Scan)
Item
0
START button ON
IV DIAGRAMS
10
11
12
TIMING CHART
B. 8.5x11, life size, double side originals, 3 sheets
4-81
V-Valid
Time (sec)
START button ON
IV DIAGRAMS
5.6
Item
TIMING CHART
Time (sec)
4-82
V-Valid
START button ON
5.7
Item
IV DIAGRAMS
TIMING CHART
Time (sec)
230mm/s
600mm/s
4-83
Shift/Open
Alignment
M706
(Tray up/down motor)
Lower
Raise
Pressure
M707
(Paper pressure motor)
Release
M705
(Stapler movement motor)
M704
M703
Alignment/Shift
(Alignment motor /R)
Open
F 600mm/s
M702
(Paper exit motor)
230mm/s
M701
IV DIAGRAMS
5.8
Item
TIMING CHART
Time (sec)
230mm/s
600mm/s
4-84
M706
(Tray up/down motor)
Lower
Raise
Pressure
M707
(Paper pressure motor)
Release
M705
(Stapler movement motor)
M704
Alignment
(Alignment motor /F)
Shift/Open
M703
Alignment/Shift
(Alignment motor /R)
Open
F 600mm/s
M702
(Paper exit motor)
230mm/s
M701
(FNS conveyance motor)
Item
0
IV DIAGRAMS
TIMING CHART
B. 8.5x11, staple mode, 2 originals, 1 position, 2 sets setting
4-85
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
L
H
ON
OFF
M1 (Entrance motor)
L
H
IV DIAGRAMS
5.9
Item
TIMING CHART
M1 (Entrance motor)
4-86
M3 (Exit motor)
M8 (Shift motor)
Forward
rotation
Stop
Backward
rotation
H
L
ON
OFF
L
H
ON
OFF
L
H
Item
2
IV DIAGRAMS
Shift position
TIMING CHART
B. Sort, 2 originals, 2 sets setting
L
H
4-87
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Stapling motor1
M8 (Shift motor)
ON
OFF
M3 (Exit motor)
ON
OFF
Forward
rotation
Stop
Backward
rotation
ON
OFF
H
L
Forward
rotation
Stop
Backward
rotation
L
H
ON
OFF
Forward
rotation
Stop
Backward
rotation
ON
OFF
L
H
Spacing
IV DIAGRAMS
M1 (Entrance motor)
Item
Stapling
Aligning
Switchback
Spacing
Shift
Aligning
Shift
Pressure
Stapling
Pressure Spacing
TIMING CHART
4-88
L
H
ON
OFF
Punch clutch
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
M1 (Entrance motor)
L
H
Item
IV DIAGRAMS
Punching movement
TIMING CHART
D. Non-sort, hole punch, 1 original, 1 copy setting
4-89
Exit motor
(M1-FN)
IV DIAGRAMS
Forward
Stop
Forward
Stop
High
Low
Stop
Entrance motor
(M3-FN)
Transport motor
(M2-FN)
ON
OFF
Transport sensor
(PC5-FN)
TIMING CHART
4349T506BA
High
Low
Stop
Transport motor
(M2-FN)
4-90
Forward
Stop
Forward
Stop
Stapler motor
Backward
Forward
Stop
Backward
Forward
Stop
ON
OFF
Alignment motor 2
(M5-FN)
Alignment motor 1
(M4-FN)
(SL1-FN)
(M6-FN)
Forward (Retraction)
Stop
Backward (Pressure)
Forward
Stop
ON
OFF
Backward
Registration clutch
(CL1-FN)
Exit motor
(M1-FN)
Forward
Stop
Forward
Stop
Entrance motor
(M3-FN)
(PC8-FN)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Punch sensor
IV DIAGRAMS
TIMING CHART
B. 1 staple, 2 holes, 8.5x11, 2 originals, 2 sets setting
4349T505BA
Forward
Stop
ON
OFF
Forward
Stop
Backward
High
Low
Stop
4-91
Stapler motor 2
Stapler motor 1
Alignment motor 1
(M4-FN)
Forward
Stop
Forward
Stop
Forward
Stop
Forward
Stop
Backward
Forward
Alignment motor 2
Stop
(M4-FN)
Backward
Saddle exit open/close motor Forward
Stop
(M9-SK)
Backward
Exit motor
(M1-FN)
Registration clutch
(CL1-FN)
Crease motor
(M10-SK)
Transport motor
(M2-FN)
ON
Punch sensor
OFF
Storage tray detecting sensor ON
OFF
(PC8-FN)
High
Entrance motor
Low
(M3-FN)
Stop
IV DIAGRAMS
1st Document
2nd Document
TIMING CHART
4511T504BA
TIMING CHART
IV DIAGRAMS
Blank page
4-92
I
1
2
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 24V
2 24V
3 PGND
4 PGND
5 5V
6 SGND
3
4
5
6
CN213- 1 5V
CN213- 2 VR
CN213- 3 SGND
CN216- 3 5V
CN216- 2 PS
CN216- 1 SGND
CN202-1
CN202-2
CN202-3
CN253-1
CN253-2
CN253-3
CN245-1
CN245-2
CN245-3
CN246-1
CN246-2
CN246-3
CN249-3
CN249-2
CN249-1
CN248-1
CN248-2
CN248-3
CN244-1
CN244-2
CN244-3
CN243-1
CN243-2
CN243-3
CN242-1
CN242-2
CN242-3
CN241-1
CN241-2
CN241-3
Cover open/close
sensor
Original registration
sensor
Original conveyance
sensor
Original size
sensor/1
Original size
sensor/2
PS304
PS308
PS309
PS306
PS305
DF open/close
sensor
PS303
CN216- 6 5V
CN216- 5 PS
CN216- 4 SGND
CN202-3
CN202-2
CN202-1
CN215- 16 5V
CN215- 17 PS
CN215- 18 SGND
CN215- 15 5V
CN215- 14 PS
CN215- 13 SGND
CN224-3
CN224-2
CN224-1
CN223-2
CN223-5
CN223-1
CN223-3
CN223-6
CN223-4
Original conveyance
motor
M302
CN215- 12 5V
CN215- 11 PS
CN215- 10 SGND
CN215- 9 5V
CN215- 8 PS
CN215- 7 SGND
CN215- 6 5V
CN215- 5 PS
CN215- 4 SGND
CN215- 3 5V
CN215- 2 PS
CN215- 1 SGND
N.C
CN214-B12 DRIVE
CN214-B13 LOCK
CN214-B14 PGND
CN214-B 9 24V
CN214-B10 24V
CN214-A 7 B
CN214-A 8 B
CN214-A 9 A
CN214-A10 A
Stamp solenoid
Exit solenoid
Roller pressure
solenoid
M301
SD303
SD301
SD302
CN212- 7 FG ND
CN212CN212CN212CN212CN212CN212-
CN222-2
CN222-5
CN222-1
CN222-3
CN222-6
CN222-4
CN221-2
CN221-5
CN221-1
CN221-3
CN221-6
CN221-4
CN233-2
CN233-1
CN231-1
CN231-2
CN232-1
CN232-2
CN214-B 7 24V
CN214-B 8 24V
CN214-A11 B
CN214-A12 B
CN214-A13 A
CN214-A14 A
CN214-B 5 24V
CN214-B 6 24V
CN214-B 1 B
CN214-B 2 B
CN214-B 3 A
CN214-B 4 A
CN214-A 1 24V
CN214-A 4 DRIVE
CN214-A 3 24V
CN214-A 6 DRIVE
CN214-A 2 24V
CN214-A 5 DRIVE
CN200CN200CN200CN200CN200CN200-
E
CN211-A 1 5V
CN211-A 2 FM301 LOCK
CN211-A 3 FM301 ON
CN211-A 4 SD303
CN211-A 5 VR301
CN211-A 6 PS305
CN211-A 7 PS304
CN211-A 8 PS303
CN211-A 9 PS302
CN211-A10 PS301
CN211-A11 SD301 CONT
CN211-A12 SGND
CN211-A13 M301 RTN
CN211-A14 M301 RST
CN211-A15 M301 LOCK
CN211-A16 M301 F/R
CN211-A17 SGND
CN211-A18 M301 CLOCK
CN211-B 1 SGND
CN211-B 2 M302 CLOCK
CN211-B 3 SGND
CN211-B 4 M302 LOCK
CN211-B 5 M303 LOCK
CN211-B 6 M303 F/R
CN211-B 7 SGND
CN211-B 8 M303 CLOCK
CN211-B 9 SGND
CN211-B10 SD302 DRIVE
CN211-B11 PS309
CN211-B12 PS308
CN211-B13 PS306
CN211-B14 M303 V1
CN211-B15 M303 V0
CN211-B16 M302 V1
CN211-B17 M302 V0
CN211-B18 M301 V0
CN201-A18
CN201-A17
CN201-A16
CN201-A15
CN201-A14
CN201-A13
CN201-A12
CN201-A11
CN201-A10
CN201-A 9
CN201-A 8
CN201-A 7
CN201-A 6
CN201-A 5
CN201-A 4
CN201-A 3
CN201-A 2
CN201-A 1
CN201-B18
CN201-B17
CN201-B16
CN201-B15
CN201-B14
CN201-B13
CN201-B12
CN201-B11
CN201-B10
CN201-B 9
CN201-B 8
CN201-B 7
CN201-B 6
CN201-B 5
CN201-B 4
CN201-B 3
CN201-B 2
CN201-B 1
CN65- 6 24V
CN65- 5 24V
CN65- 4 PGND
CN65- 3 PGND
CN65- 2 5V
CN65- 1 SGND
CN201-A 1
CN201-A 2
CN201-A 3
CN201-A 4
CN201-A 5
CN201-A 6
CN201-A 7
CN201-A 8
CN201-A 9
CN201-A10
CN201-A11
CN201-A12
CN201-A13
CN201-A14
CN201-A15
CN201-A16
CN201-A17
CN201-A18
CN201-B 1
CN201-B 2
CN201-B 3
CN201-B 4
CN201-B 5
CN201-B 6
CN201-B 7
CN201-B 8
CN201-B 9
CN201-B10
CN201-B11
CN201-B12
CN201-B13
CN201-B14
CN201-B15
CN201-B16
CN201-B17
CN201-B18
6.1
CN17-A18 5V
CN17-A17 FM301
CN17-A16 FM301
CN17-A15 SD303
CN17-A14 VR301
CN17-A13 PS305
CN17-A12 PS304
CN17-A11 PS303
CN17-A10 PS302
CN17-A 9 PS301
CN17-A 8 SD301 CONT
CN17-A 7 SGND
CN17-A 6 M301 RTN
CN17-A 5 M301 RST
CN17-A 4 M301 LOCK
CN17-A 3 M301 F/R
CN17-A 2 SGND
CN17-A 1 M301 CLOCK
CN17-B18 SGND
CN17-B17 M302 CLOCK
CN17-B16 SGND
CN17-B15 M302 LOCK
CN17-B14 M303 LOCK
CN17-B13 M303 F/R
CN17-B12 SGND
CN17-B11 M303 CLOCK
CN17-B10 SGND
CN17-B 9 SD302 DRIVE
CN17-B 8 PS309
CN17-B 7 PS308
CN17-B 6 PS306
CN17-B 5 M303 V1
CN17-B 4 M303 V0
CN17-B 3 M302 V1
CN17-B 2 M302 V0
CN17-B 1 M301 V0
D
8
Symbol
CB(MAIN BODY)
7
8
4-93
Part name
Location
DFDB
DF drive board
1-D
M301
Original feed motor
2-B
M302
Original conveyance motor
3-B
M303
Original reverse motor
3-B
FM301
Cooling fan
4-B
SD301
Exit solenoid
1-A
SD302
Roller pressure solenoid
1-A
SD303
Stamp solenoid
2-A
PS301
No original sensor
4-B
PS302
Original exit sensor
5-B
PS303
DF open/close sensor
5-B
PS304
Cover open/close sensor
5-B
PS305
Original size sensor/1
6-B
PS306
Original size sensor/2
6-B
PS308
Original registration sensor
5-B
PS309
Original conveyance sensor 6-B
VR301
Original size VR
7-B
Symbol
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
DFDB
9
3
103-B4 SGND
103-B5 PS
103-B6 5V
103-B7 SGND
103-B8 PS
103-B9 5V
MAIN BODY
24V2 7-5
24V2 7-6
PGND 7-7
PGND 7-8
5V2 7-10
SGND 7-14
RL PW 7-25
RL PG 7-26
19- 1
19- 2
19- 3
19- 4
19- 5
19- 6
19- 7
19- 8
19- 9
24V1 7-1
PGND 7-3
3
4
7
8
9
10
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J60:1 -
J60:2 -
100-1
100-2
100-3
100-4
100-5
100-6
103-B10 SGND
103-B11 PS
103-B12 5V
24V2
24V2
PGND
PGND
5V
SGND
101- 9
101- 8
101- 7
101- 6
101- 5
101- 4
101- 3
101- 2
101- 1
4
5
6
1
2
3
114- 3
-2
-1
4
5
6
115- 3
-2
-1
1
2
3
116- 3
-2
-1
1
2
3
112- 3
-2
-1
1
2
121- 2
121- 1
104-10 SGND
104-11 PS
104-12 5V
103-13 SGND
104-14 PS
104-15 5V
SD
101
M101
5-A
M101
5-B
M102
5-E
SD101
5-B
SD102
5-E
5-E
PS107
PS108
No paper sensor /4
5-G
PS109
3-H
HTR100
Internal heater
3-I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
124- 3
-2
-1
9
10
11
4
5
6
125- 3
-2
-1
No paper sensor/4
1
2
3
122- 3
-2
-1
Tray sensor/4
PSDTB/4
PS101
Tray sensor /3
PS102
PS103
No paper sensor /3
5-D
PS104
5-D
PS105
5-C
PS106
Tray sensor /4
5-G
DB-211
only
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
PTC
Symbol
HTR 100
J120-2
Internal heater
J120-1
5-F
M100
PS
109
J80:1- 1
J80:2- 2
104-16 SGND
104-17 PS
104-18 5V
126- 5
-4
-3
-2
-1
5-C
board /4
TRAY3
119-3
-2
-1
Remaining
paper sensor
123: 2 123: 1 -
104-5 SIZE.D
104-6 SIZE.C
104-7 SIZE.B
104-8 SIZE.A
104-9 SELECT
DB.RTS
GND
DB.RXD
DB.CTS
GND
DB.TXD
DB.EXIT
LCT.EXIT
DB.RST
1
2
3
104-3 DRIVE
104-4 24V2
DB-411
Only
PSDTB/3
117- 3
-2
-1
104-1 24V2
104-2 DRIVE
105-1 SGND
105-2 SET
105-3 5V
6
7
8
PSDTB/3
TRAY4
118- 5
-4
-3
-2
-1
1-B
PS
105
103-B1 SGND
103-B2 PS
103-B3 5V
1
2
3
4
5
LT-203
PS
102
103-A10 SGND
103-A11 PS
103-A12 5V
Location
LT-203
PSDTB/4
111- 2
111- 1
103-A5 SIZE.D
103-A6 SIZE.C
103-A7 SIZE.B
103-A8 SIZE.A
103-A9 SELECT
Part name
board /3
1
2
103-A3 DRIVE
103-A4 24V2
PS
103
106- 1 24V2
106- 2 24V2
106- 3 24V2
106- 4 PGND
106- 5 PGND
106- 6 M151 DRIVE
106- 7 LT CLOSE
106- 8 M150 F/R
106- 9 M150 CLOCK
106-10 M150 CONT
106-11 SD151 DRIVE
106-12 PS155
106-13 PS152
106-14 PS153
106-15 PS154
106-16 PS151
106-17 LCT_TYPE
106-18 5V
106-19 SGND
PS
107
24V2 110-19
24V2 110-18
24V2 110-17
PGND 110-16
PGND 110-15
M151 DRIVE 110-14
LT CLOSE 110-13
M150 F/R 110-12
M150 CLOCK 110-11
M150 CONT 110-10
SD151 DRIVE 110- 9
PS155 110- 8
PS152 110- 7
PS153 110- 6
PS154 110- 5
PS151 110- 4
LCT_TYPE 110- 3
106-18 5V 110- 2
SGND 110- 1
113: 2 113: 1 -
103-A1 24V2
103-A2 DRIVE
8
Symbol
PS
108
LT-203
PS
104
DBDB
110-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
102-1 24V2
102-2 24V2
102-3 PGND
102-4 PGND
102-5 NC
102-6 NC
102-7 F/R
102-8 CLOCK
102-9 ON2
102-10 SGND
102-11 5V
PS
101
SD
102
M102
PS
106
M100
6.2
4-94
6.3
8
Symbol
NC (2pin)
FT102(4pin)
FT101(1pin)
114-2 PGND
114-3 24V2
114-1 24V
MS151
A
Interlock switch
113- 9 SGND
113-10 PS
113-11 5V
113-12 SGND
113-13 PS
113-14 5V
113-15 SGND
113-16 PS
113-17 5V
M150
M151
6-B
SD151
6-D
1
2
3
4
5
127- 3
-2
-1
1
2
3
125- 3
-2
-1
4
5
6
124- 3
-2
-1
No paper sensor
126- 3
-2
-1
122- 3
-2
-1
J84: 2 J84: 1 -
1
2
noid
Remaining paper
6-F
6-E
PS153
No paper sensor
6-E
PS154
Remaining paper
6-F
sensor /1
J82: 5J82: 4-
SD
151
113- 6 SGND
113- 7 PS
113- 8 5V
1-B
sensor
PS
155
113- 3 SGND
113- 4 PS
113- 5 5V
DB-411
PS
152
113- 1 24V2
113- 2 DRIVE
DB-411
PS152
PS
153
(CN113:miniCT)
1-B
sensor /2
PS
154
110-19 24V2
110-18 24V2
110-17 24V2
110-16 PGND
110-15 PGND
110-14 M151 DRIVE
110-13 LT CLOSE
110-12 M150 F/R
110-11 M150 CLOCK
110-10 M150 CONT
110- 9 SD151 DRIVE
110- 8 PS155
110- 7 PS152
110- 6 PS153
110- 5 PS154
110- 4 PS151
110- 3 SGND
110- 2 5V
110- 1 SGND
106- 1 24V2
106- 2 24V2
106- 3 24V2
106- 4 PGND
106- 5 PGND
106- 6 M151 DRIVE
106- 7 LT CLOSE
106- 8 M150 F/R
106- 9 M150 CLOCK
106-10 M150 CONT
106-11 SD151 DRIVE
106-12 PS155
106-13 PS152
106-14 PS153
106-15 PS154
106-16 PS151
106-17 SGND
106-18 5V
106-19 SGND
Location
DB-211
PS
151
LTDB
Part name
DB-211
PS151
120-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
112-4 24V2
112-5 24V2
112-6 PGND
112-7 PGND
(H/L)
(LD)
112-8 F/R
112-9 CLOCK
112-10 CONT
112-11 SGND
112-12 5V
M150
DBDB
121- 1
121- 2
112-1 24V
112-2 DRIVE
112-3 PGND
DB-211
DB-411
M151
PS155
6-D
MS151
Interlock switch
6-A
4-G
G
Internal heater
MAIN BODY
DCPS
H
DB
PTC HEATER
J120 :1 -
J120 :2 -
J80 :1 -
J80 :2 -
PTC
J121-1
HTR 150
J121-2
Symbol
Connetcor
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
I
1
4-95
Blank page
4-96
I
1
2
3
M705
M706
Tray up/down
motor
1
2
G
CN300-A10 24V
CN300-A9 24V
CN300-A8 24V
CN300-A11 NC
CN300-A4 5V
CN300-A3 5V
4
5
MAIN BODY
165
164
166
CN708-1 DRIVE1
CN754-1
CN754-2
CN752-1
CN752-2
CN752-3
CN753-1
CN753-2
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
CN708-2 DRIVE2
CN708-4 5V
CN708-5
PS712 PS
CN702-11 SGND
CN708-6 PS713 PS
CN702-10 SGND
CN702-9 MACK/FSCTS CN708-7 PS714 PS
CN708-8 SGND
CN702-8 SGND
CN708-3 NC
CN702-7 SREQ/NC
CN702-6 MRXD/FSSIN
CN702-5 SGND
CN702-4 SACK/FSRTS
CN702-3 MREQ/NC
CN702-2 SGND
CN702-1 MTXD/FSOUT
CN701-8 PGND
CN701-9 PGND
CN701-10 PGND
CN701-6 SGND
CN701-7 SGND
CN701-4 5V
CN701-5 5V
CN707-B3 5V
CN707-B2 PS
CN707-B1 SGND
CN751-1
CN751-2
CN761-1
CN761-2
CN761-3
CN761-4
CN745-5
CN745-4
CN745-2
CN745-3
CN745-1
VCC
HD
LS
READY
GND
MTR+
MTR+
MTRMTR-
CN756-13
CN756-14
CN756-15
CN756-10
CN756-11
CN756-12
CN756-7
CN756-8
CN756-9
CN756-4
CN756-5
CN756-6
CN756-1
CN756-2
CN756-3
PS704
PS716
PS706
Alignment HP sensor/F
PS710
Stapler HP sensor
PS713
PS714
5V
PS
SGND
5V
PS
SGND
Stapler motor
Alignment HP sensor/R
No paper sensor
PS709
PS707
PS708
PS712
M708
CN741-1
CN741-2
CN741-3
CN740-1
CN740-2
CN740-3
CN738-1
CN738-2
CN738-3
CN739-1
CN739-2
CN739-3
CN737-1
CN737-2
CN737-3
CN744-1
CN744-2
CN744-3
CN735-1
CN735-2
CN735-3
CN734-1
CN734-2
CN734-3
CN736-1
CN736-2
CN736-3
Pressure motor
M707
Pressure sensor
PS701
5V
PS
SGND
CN730-1
CN730-2
Shutter sensor
PS705
CN300-B1 SGND
CN300-B2 SGND
CN300-B3 MACK/FSCTS
CN300-B4 SGND
CN300-B5 SREQ/NC
CN300-B6 MRXD/FSSIN
CN300-B7 SGND
CN300-B8 SACK/FSRTS
CN300-B9 MREQ/NC
CN300-B10 SGND
CN300-B11 MTXD/FSOUT
FNSCB
CN701-1 24V
CN701-2 24V
CN701-3 24V
CN707-B6 5V
CN707-B5 PS
CN707-B4 SGND
CN707-B9 5V
CN707-B8 PS
CN707-B7 SGND
CN707-B12 5V
CN707-B11 PS
CN707-B10 SGND
CN707-B15 NC
CN707-B14 NC
CN707-B13 NC
CN707-A3 5V
CN707-A2 PS
CN707-A1 SGND
CN707-A6 5V
CN707-A5 PS
CN707-A4 SGND
CN707-A9 5V
CN707-A8 PS
CN707-A7 SGND
CN707-A12 5V
CN707-A11 PS
CN707-A10 SGND
CN707-A15 5V
CN707-A14 PS
CN707-A13 SGND
CN706-1 DRIVE1
CN706-2 DRIVE2
CN709-3 NC
CN709-2 PSNC
CN709-1 NC
CN733-1
CN733-2
CN733-3
CN732-1
CN732-2
CN732-3
CN734-1
CN734-2
CN734-3
CN300-A7 PGND
CN300-A6 PGND
CN300-A5 PGND
A
24V4
A
B
24V4
B
CN710-1 DRIVE1
CN710-2 DRIVE2
CN705-3
CN705-2
CN705-4
CN705-5
CN705-1
CN705-6
CN703-9 A
CN703-4 24V4
CN703-10 A
CN703-11 B
CN703-3 24V4
CN703-12 B
A
24V3
A
B
24V3
B
CN709-6 5V
CN709-5 PS
CN709-4 SGND
CN709-9 5V
CN709-8 PS
CN709-7 SGND
CN709-12 5V
CN709-11 PS
CN709-10 SGND
CN300-A2 SGND
CN300-A1 SGND
CN726-1
CN726-2
CN725-1
CN725-5
CN725-3
CN725-2
CN725-6
CN725-4
CN724-1
CN724-5
CN724-3
CN724-2
CN724-6
CN724-4
CN703-5
CN703-2
CN703-6
CN703-7
CN703-1
CN703-8
CN716-1 DRIVE
CN716-2 PGND
CN713-1 LOCK
CN713-2 24V
CN713-3 PGND
Shutter switch
MS702
Stapler
movement
motor
M704
M703
CN723-1
CN723-5
CN723-3
CN723-2
CN723-6
CN723-4
CN762-1
CN762-2
CN746-3
CN746-2
CN746-1
CN712-1 24V IN
CN712-2 24V OUT
Alignment
motor/F
Alignment
motor/R
SD701
FM701
Roller
release
solenoid
Cooling motor
M702
H
CN704-9 A
CN704-3 24V2
CN704-10 A
CN704-11 B
CN704-4 24V2
CN704-12 B
A
24V1
A
B
24V1
B
CN722-1
CN722-3
CN722-5
CN722-7
CN722-9
CN722-11
CN704-5
CN704-1
CN704-6
CN704-7
CN704-2
CN704-8
Paper exit
motor
M701
CN721-1
CN721-3
CN721-5
CN721-7
CN721-9
CN721-11
6.4
FNS
conveyance
motor
7
8
4-97
9
A
F
F
Symbol
Connetcor
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
Symbol
Part name
Location
FNSCB
1-D
M701
1-H
M702
1-H
M703
Alignment motor /R
2-I
M704
Alignment motor /F
3-I
M705
3-I
M706
4-I
M707
Pressure motor
3-B
M708
Stapler motor
6-C
FM701
Cooling motor
2-I
SD701
2-H
MS701
1-B
MS702
Shutter switch
1-B
PS701
Pressure sensor
2-B
PS702
2-B
PS703
3-B
PS704
4-B
PS705
Shutter sensor
2-B
PS706
4-B
PS707
No paper sensor
5-B
PS708
5-B
PS709
Alighnment HP sensor /R
5-B
PS710
Alighnment HP sensor /F
5-B
PS711
3-B
PS712
Stapler HP sensor
6-B
PS713
6-B
PS714
7-B
PS716
4-B
4-98
6.5
9
A
CN300-B3
CN200B-5
CN300-B4
CN200B-3
CN300-B6
CN200B-4
CN300-B8
CN200B-2
CN300-B10
CN200B-6
CN300-B11
CN200B-7
MRTS
GND
MRXD
MRTS
GND
MTXD
C
GND
GND
GND
DC24V
DC24V
DC24V
CN300-A5
CN3-6
CN4-1
CN200C-3
CN300-A6
CN3-5
CN4-2
CN200C-2
CN300-A7
CN3-4
CN300-A8
CN3-3
CN300-A9
CN3-2
CN300-A10
CN3-1
DC24V
GND
FUB
MAIN BODY
F
Passage sensor
PS2
CN1-1
CN200A-7
CN1-2
CN200A-6
CN1-3
CN200A-5
PS1
H
Symbol
Part name
CN200A-4
CN2-2
CN200A-3
CN2-3
CN200A-2
DC5V
PS2 ON
GND
DC5V
PS1 ON
GND
Symbol
Location
FUB
Fuse board
PS1
PS2
Passage sensor
CN2-1
4-C
CN200C-1
Connetcor
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
FS-113
4-G
4-99
Blank page
4-100
6.6
7
W
W
W
W
B
B
8
Only for inch
destination
B
PS2
PS1
E
PWB-E_GL
PWB-E_GL
PWB-C
CN200C
RU-101
CN201B
G
PWD-F
PWD-F_GL
PWD-F
Connetcor
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
PWB-D
PWD-F_GL
I
1
Symbol
4-101
Symbol
Part name
Location
RU-101
RU-101
1-F
M1
Transport motor
3-B
M2
3-A
M3
Exit motor
2-A
M4
3-B
M5
CD aligning motor
5-B
M6
3-A
M7
Elevator motor
1-D
M8
Shift motor
1-C
M9
5-A
M11
Punch motor
1-C
M12
2-A
M13
7-D
M14
7-A
M15
7-D
CL
Punch clutch
6-A
SL1
7-E
SL2
7-E
SL3
7-D
S1
Set switch
1-E
S2
1-E
S3
1-D
S4
7-A
PC1
7-G
PC2
7-G
PC3
Storage sensor
5-H
PC4
5-H
PC5
2-I
PC6
7-F
PC7
7-H
PC8
2-H
PC9
2-I
PC10
2-H
PC11
2-H
PC12
5-H
PC13
7-H
PC14
6-I
PC15
6-B
PC17
7-F
PC18
7-F
PS1
7-B
PS2
7-B
PWB-C
7-E
PWB-D
5-I
4-102
6.7
A
Staple Home Position Sensor 2
B
Staple Home Position Sensor 1
D
Saddle Stapler 1 Needle Empty Detect Sensor
Saddle Stapler 1 Self Priming Detect Sensor
FS-114
FS-114
Symbol
Connector Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
FS-114
FS-114
I
1
4-103
Symbol
Part name
Location
FS-114
FS-114
4-H, 7-E
M8-SK
3-I
M9-SK
3-H
M10-SK
Crease motor
7-G
M13-SK
3-H
M14-SK
3-G
PC18-SK
7-A
PC20-SK
7-B
PC21-SK
7-A
PC22-SK
7-H
PC23-SK
7-B
PC25-SK
7-C
PC26-SK
7-C
S4-SK
2-D
PWB-C SK
3-A
4-104
APPENDIX
7. APPENDIX
7.1
TS
AC(H)
FT20
J13-2
CN9-1
Noise filter
FT5
FT7
BT3
BT1
MAIN RL
Circuit breaker/1
PLUG
CN9-2
AC DRIVE
NF
FT2
CN9-3
CN9-3
AC(N)
N.C
5V
24V
NMI
12V
SGND
-12V
11
12
8-1 24V
8-3 PGND
6-1 24V
6-3 24V
6-5 24V
6-7 PGND
6-9 PGND
6-11 PGND
6-13 5V
6-15 5V
6-17 SGND
6-19 SGND
1-1
1-2
1-3
25 1-4
26 1-5
23
24
5V
5V
N.C
SGND
SGND
5V
5V
SGND
SGND
12V
SGND
-12V
SGND
7-9
7-11
7-13
7-15
7-17
7-21
7-23
7-24
12V
7-19
5-1
24V
5-2
24V
J60: 1 - 1
J60: 2 - 2
J60: 3 - 3
J60: 4 - 4
J60: 7 - 7
J60: 8 - 8
J60: 9 - 9
J60:10 - 10
- 5
- 6
77
78
79
80
81
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
J23-3
J24-2B #250
J23-4
SWD24V
31
PTC heater
PTC
935-2
83- 1 X2
- 2 Y2
- 3 X1
- 4 Y1
86-14 VLCD
-13 VEE
-12 D3
-11 D2
-10 D1
- 9 D0
- 8 VEE(24V)
- 7 VSS(GND)
- 6 VDD(5V)
- 5 XSCL
- 4 LP
- 3 DIN
- 2 N.C
- 1 DISPOFF
LCDB
84-3 5V
84-4 SGND
84-5 INV ON(PWM)
for CB
BL
106- 1 24V2
106- 2 24V2
106- 3 24V2
106- 4 PGND
106- 5 PGND
106- 6 M151 DRIVE
106- 7 LT CLOSE
106- 8 M150 F/R
106- 9 M150 CLOCK
106-10 M150 CONT
106-11 SD151 DRIVE
106-12 PS155
106-13 PS152
106-14 PS153
106-15 PS154
106-16 PS151
106-17 LCT_TYPE
106-18 5V
106-19 SGND
73
82
J24-1B #250
J24-2A #250
8-2
OB
80-A12
80-A11
80-A10
80- A9
80- A8
80- A7
80- A6
80- A5
80- A4
80- A3
80- A2
80- A1
J38-A1 -A12
J38-A2 -A11
J38-A3 -A10
J38-A4 -A9
J38-A5 -A8
J38-A6 -A7
J38-A7 -A6
J38-A8 -A5
J38-A9 -A4
J38-A10 -A3
J38-A11 -A2
J38-A12 -A1
34-A1 UD3
34-A2 SGND
34-A3 UD1
34-A4 XSCL
34-A5 SGND
34-A6 YD
34-A7 OPTXD
34-A8 SGND
34-A9 OPRTS
34-A10 OPRXD
34-A11 SGND
34-A12 OPCTS
80-B12
80-B11
80-B10
80- B9
80- B8
80- B7
80- B6
80- B5
80- B4
80- B3
80- B2
80- B1
J38-B1 -B12
J38-B2 -B11
J38-B3 -B10
J38-B4 -B9
J38-B5 -B8
J38-B6 -B7
J38-B7 -B6
J38-B8 -B5
J38-B9 -B4
J38-B10 -B3
J38-B11 -B2
J38-B12 -B1
34-B1 UD2
34-B2 SGND
34-B3 UD0
34-B4 LP
34-B5 SGND
34-B6 LCDENB
34-B7 OPRST
34-B8 SGND
34-B9 OPINT
34-B10 MONIT
34-B11 5V
34-B12 5V
INV2
88- 3
-2
-1
SCB 1/3
H
Symbol
Speaker
PSW2B
/SW2
102
89-1 FL HOT
-4 FL GND
I
76
J24-1A #250
J23-2
30
PGND 8-4
J23-1
Interlock switch
FM1
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
26 25 24 23
SWD24V
935-1
DB-211
DB-411
D
for DCPS
SW3
24V
PAKB
500- 4
500- 3
500- 2
500- 1
for
BIAS
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
for OPTION
EUROPE Only
2-7
2-6
2-5
2-4
2-3
2-2
2-1
SGND
SGND
5V
5V
for FNS
10-1 DRIVE
10-2 EM
10-3 PGND
DF-318
6-2 24V
6-4 24V
6-6 24V
6-8 PGND
6-10 PGND
6-12 PGND
6-14 5V
6-16 5V
6-18 SGND
6-20 SGND
DCPS
7-1 24V
7-3 PGND
7-5 24V
7-6 24V
7-7 PGND
7-8 PGND
7-10 5V
7-14 SGND
7-25 RL PWR
7-26 RL PGND
for SCDB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J24: 1 - 1
31- 7
31- 6
31- 5
31- 4
31- 3
31- 2
31- 1
BT7
BT6
J24: 2 - 2
BT1
FCB
DC PSY
24V
5V
+12V
-12V
5-3 PGND
5-4 PGND
RL CONT
L2 CONT
L3 CONT
24V EM
FM1 EM
BT2
-12V
SGND
12V
NMI
24V
5VV
N.C
FT10
SW1
SGND
SGND
L3 CONT
5V
42- 9
42- 8
42- 7
42- 6
42- 5
42- 4
42- 3
42- 2
42- 1
FT9
AC(H)
CN99-4
CN99-3
CN99-2
CN99-1
50
51
52
53
AC(N)
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
J21-03
BT5
7-2 24V
7-4 PGND
7-12 5V
7-16 SGND
7-20 SGND
7-18 12V
7-22 SGND
Fixing heater
lamp/2
12V
SGND
-12V
SGND
12V
SGND
SGND
5V
5V
CBR 2
L3
FT27
BT2
FT28
J13-4
J21-03
L3 DRIVE
84-1 SGND
84-2 MONIT
FT4
L2
FT25
BT4
CR002
FT6
FT26
J13-3
L2 DRIVE
CR001
Circuit breaker/2
J21-02
84-6 VR L
84-7 VR SIG
84-8 VR H
84-9 SCAN6
84-10 RTN3
84-11 5V
84-12 SGND
84-13 SW2
INLET
72
Fixing heater
lamp/1
FT1
AC(H)
CBR 1
71
RT3
RT4
FT8
FT23
J13-1
FT3
75
FT22
Thermostat
74
FT21
FT24
RL1 POWER
RL1 CNT
85 - 8
85 - 7
85 - 6
85 - 5
85 - 4
85 - 3
85 - 2
85 - 1
J21-01
24V(C)
PLUG
J:40LA8861
Connector
Faston
Relay connector
Crimp
514: 1 - 2
514: 2 - 1
8
Appendix-1
Battery
CN47
103
1
2
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
3
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
400-A 1 SGND
-A 2 BCLOCK12
-A 3 SGND
-A 4 DRAM_D31
-A 5 DRAM_D30
-A 6 DRAM_D29
-A 7 DRAM_D28
-A 8 DRAM_D27
-A 9 DRAM_D26
-A10 DRAM_D25
-A11 DRAM_D24
-A12 DRAM_D23
-A13 DRAM_D22
-A14 DRAM_D21
-A15 DRAM_D20
-A16 DRAM_D19
-A17 DRAM_D18
-A18 DRAM_D17
-A19 DRAM_D16
-A20 5V
-A21 DRAM_D15
-A22 DRAM_D14
-A23 DRAM_D13
-A24 DRAM_D12
-A25 DRAM_D11
-A26 DRAM_D10
-A27 DRAM_D9
-A28 DRAM_D8
-A29 DRAM_D7
-A30 DRAM_D6
-A31 DRAM_D5
-A32 DRAM_D4
-A33 DRAM_D3
-A34 DRAM_D2
-A35 DRAM_D1
-A36 DRAM_D0
-A37 5V
-A38 SGND
-A39 VBAT
-A40 XWAIT
-A41 5V
-A42 5V
-A43 DR_CKE
-A44 XFAX_RST
-A45 XIRST
-A46 XICS5
-A47 XICS7
-A48 XIRD
-A49 XMWR
-A50 XIOSEL2
-A51 L_A20
-A52 L_A19
-A53 L_A18
-A54 L_A17
-A55 L_A16
-A56 L_A15
-A57 L_A14
-A58 L_A13
-A59 L_A12
-A60 L_A11
-B 1 SGND
-B 2 BCLOCK5
-B 3 SGND
-B 4 XFAX_CIACK
-B 5 XFAX_COACK
-B 6 XFAX_DIACK
-B 7 XFAX_DOACK
-B 8 XAHA1_INT
-B 9 XEXIN_ACK
-B10 XEXOUT_ACK
-B11 -12V
-B12 EXOUT_D7
-B13 EXOUT_D6
-B14 EXOUT_D5
-B15 EXOUT_D4
-B16 EXOUT_D3
-B17 EXOUT_D2
-B18 EXOUT_D1
-B19 EXOUT_D0
-B20 5V
-B21 EXIN_D0
-B22 EXIN_D1
-B23 EXIN_D2
-B24 EXIN_D3
-B25 EXIN_D4
-B26 EXIN_D5
-B27 EXIN_D6
-B28 EXIN_D7
-B29 XFAX_DRIVE
-B30 XEXOUT_REQ
-B31 XEXIN_REQ
-B32 XICS6
-B33 XFAX_DOREQ
-B34 XFAX_DIREQ
-B35 XFAX_COREQ
-B36 XFAX_CIREQ
-B37 5V
-B38 SGND
-B39 MONITOR
-B40 XRC_INT
-B41 12V
-B42 PDA7
-B43 PDA6
-B44 PDA5
-B45 PDA4
-B46 PDA3
-B47 PDA2
-B48 PDA1
-B49 PDA0
-B50 L_A0
-B51 L_A1
-B52 L_A2
-B53 L_A3
-B54 L_A4
-B55 L_A5
-B56 L_A6
-B57 L_A7
-B58 L_A8
-B59 L_A9
-B60 L_A10
CN501
126
127
4
128
129
130
40- 1 STROBE
- 2 DATA0
- 3 DATA1
- 4 DATA2
- 5 DATA3
- 6 DATA4
- 7 DATA5
- 8 DATA6
- 9 DATA7
-10 ACK
-11 BUSY
-12 PE
-13 SLCT
-14 AUTOFD
-15 N.C
-16 SGND
-17 SGND
-18 N.C
-19 SGND
-20 SGND
-19 SGND
-22 SGND
-23 SGND
-24 SGND
-25 SGND
-26 SGND
-27 SGND
-28 SGND
-29 SGND
-30 HLOGIC
-31 INT
-32 FAULT
-33 SGND
-34 N.C
-35 N.C
-36 SELECTIN
HD-103 Type A
5V
SGND
/INDEX
SGND
/INDPR
G
3
431- 5
431- 4
431- 3
431- 2
431- 1
432-B1 LOAD
432-B2 DACLK
432-B3 DI
432-B4 SGND
432-B5 /ALM2
432-B6 /S/H2
432-B7 /ALM_RST
432-B8 SGND
432-B9 SGND
432-B10 -VIDEO1
432-B11 +VIDEO1
432-B12 SGND
D
2
J52: 5 - 1
J52: 4 - 2
J52: 3 - 3
J52: 2 - 4
J52: 1 - 5
H
432-A1 /ENB1
432-A2 /ALM1
432-A3 /BIAS
432-A4 /S/H1
432-A5 SGND
432-A6 LD+5V
432-A7 LD+5V
432-A8 +5VRN
432-A9 SGND
432-A10 -VIDEO2
432-A11 +VIDEO2
432-A12 SGND
J53: B1 - B12
J53: B2 - B11
J53: B3 - B10
J53: B4 - B9
J53: B5 - B8
J53: B6 - B7
J53: B7 - B6
J53: B8 - B5
J53: B9 - B4
J53:B10 - B3
J53:B11 - B2
J53:B12 - B1
J53: A1 - A12
J53: A2 - A11
J53: A3 - A10
J53: A4 - A9
J53: A5 - A8
J53: A6 - A7
J53: A7 - A6
J53: A8 - A5
J53: A9 - A4
J53:A10 - A3
J53:A11 - A2
J53:A12 - A1
ADB
60- 1 SGND
- 2 TG
- 3 CLAMP
- 4 ACLAMP
- 5 BCLAMP
- 6 SGND
- 7 SGND
- 8 +TCK
- 9 -TCK
-10 SGND
-11 SGND
-12 +RCK
-13 -RCK
-14 SGND
-15 SGND
-16 +IN_CLOCK
-17 -IN_CLOCK
-18 SGND
-19 SCLOCK
-20 SCLOCK
-21 *SEN
-22 SDI
-23 SDO
-24 SGND
-25 SGND
-26 -AD_D0
-27 +AD_D0
-28 SGND
-29 SGND
-30 -AD_D1
-31 +AD_D1
-32 SGND
-33 SGND
-34 -OUT_CLOCK
-35 +OUT_CLOCK
-36 SGND
-37 SGND
-38 ADRST
-39 APR
-40 SGND
-41 5V
-42 5V
-43 5V
-44 5V
-45 SGND
-46 12V
-47 12V
-48 12V
-49 12V
-50 SGND
7.2
46- 1
46- 2
46- 3
46- 4
46- 5
46- 6
46- 7
46- 8
46- 9
46-10
46-11
46-12
46-13
46-14
46-15
46-16
46-17
46-18
46-19
46-20
46-21
46-22
46-23
46-24
46-25
46-26
46-27
46-28
46-29
46-30
46-31
46-32
46-33
46-34
46-35
46-36
46-37
46-38
46-39
46-40
46-41
46-42
46-43
46-44
46-45
46-46
46-47
46-48
46-49
46-50
APPENDIX
DIMM
CN35
7
8
I
7
8
Appendix-2
A
A
B
B
FK-102/FL-102
C
C
F
F
PRMB
CN32,33
FAN
CN502
SCB 2/3
Symbol
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
131
I
COPY VENDER
2
-6
S.G -2
H/L -7
3
-6
H/L -7
M1
M9
M11
Main motor
Paper feed motor
Fixing motor
P.G -9
24V -10
SD9
Toner
solenoid
4
TLD
FM2
Toner level
sensor
PS 5
TC
Toner bottle
sensor
Total counter
M4
Toner supply
motor/1
SD5
ADU gate
solenoid
M10
Toner supply
motor/2
6
Registration clutch
SD4
FM6
Internal
dehumidifying
fan/2
FM3
Internal
dehumidifying
fan/1
Tray
motor/L
M8
M7
Tray
motor/U
Appendix-3
5V
-1
S.G -2
CLK -4
-6
H/L -7
LD
Developing motor
913: 3 - 1
913: 2 - 2
913: 1 - 3
910: 3 - 1
910: 2 - 2
910: 1 - 3
24V -11
24V -10
P.G -9
P.G -8
Developing
suction fan
26-A3 PGND
26-A2 EM
26-A1 DRIVE
26-A6 PGND
26-A5 EM
26-A4 DRIVE
SGND 17-B18
M302 CLOCK 17-B17
SGND 17-B16
M302 EM 17-B15
M303 EM 17-B14
M303 F/R 17-B13
SGND 17-B12
M303 CLOCK 17-B11
SGND 17-B10
SD302 DRIVE 17-B9
PS309 17-B8
PS308 17-B7
PS306 17-B6
M303 V1 17-B5
M303 V0 17-B4
M302 V1 17-B3
M302 V0 17-B2
M301 V0 17-B1
201:B1 - B18
201:B2 - B17
201:B3 - B16
201:B4 - B15
201:B5 - B14
201:B6 - B13
201:B7 - B12
201:B8 - B11
201:B9 - B10
201:B10- B9
201:B11- B8
201:B12- B7
201:B13- B6
201:B14- B5
201:B15- B4
201:B16- B3
201:B17- B2
201:B18- B1
68-B1
68-B2
68-B3
68-B4
68-B5
68-B6
68-B7
68-B8
68-B9
68-B10
68-B11
68-B12
68-B13
68-B14
68-B15
68-B16
68-B17
68-B18
68-A1
68-A2
68-A3
68-A4
68-A5
68-A6
68-A7
68-A8
68-A9
68-A10
68-A11
68-A12
68-A13
68-A14
68-A15
68-A16
68-A17
68-A18
24V
24V
24V
PGND
PGND
PGND
5V
5V
SGND
SGND
CW/CCW-5
26-A17 5V
26-A16 SGND
26-A15 CONT
26-A14 CLOCK
26-A13 N.C
26-A12 LD
26-A11 N.C
26-A10 PGND
26-A9 PGND
26-A8 24V
26-A7 24V
201:A1 - A18
201:A2 - A17
201:A3 - A16
201:A4 - A15
201:A5 - A14
201:A6 - A13
201:A7 - A12
201:A8 - A11
201:A9 - A10
201:A10- A9
201:A11- A8
201:A12- A7
201:A13- A6
201:A14- A5
201:A15- A4
201:A16- A3
201:A17- A2
201:A18- A1
904-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
CONT -3
26-B2 24V
26-B1 DRIVE
J51:1 - 5
J51:2 - 4
J51:3 - 3
J51:4 - 2
J51:5 - 1
PreSeparation charging
claw
lamp
solenoid
906-1
-2
J54:1 - 5
J54:2 - 4
J54:3 - 3
J54:4 - 2
J54:5 - 1
Polygon motor
5V 17-A18
FM301 EM 17-A17
FM301 CONT 17-A16
SD303 CONT 17-A15
VR301 17-A14
PS305 17-A13
PS304 17-A12
PS303 17-A11
PS302 17-A10
PS301 17-A9
SD301 DRIVE 17-A8
SGND 17-A7
M301 RTN 17-A6
M301 RST 17-A5
M301 EM 17-A4
M301 F/R 17-A3
SGND 17-A2
M301 CLOCK 17-A1
22-5
22-4
22-3
22-2
22-1
932:2 - 1
932:1 - 2
J16-12
J16-18
Humidity sensor
26-B4 24V
26-B3 DRIVE
CLOCK
LOCK
DRIVE
PGND
24V
J15: 2 - 12
J15: 1 - 13
HUM1
29-A3 PGND
29-A2 EM
29-A1 DRIVE
24V 26-B16
DRIVE 26-B17
907-1
-2
J38: 3 - 4
J38: 2 - 5
J38: 1 - 6
912: 3 - 1
912: 2 - 2
912: 1 - 3
29-A6 PGND
29-A5 EM
29-A4 DRIVE
SD7
J38: 6 - 1
J38: 5 - 2
J38: 4 - 3
928:2 - 1
928:1 - 2
J16-15
J16-16
TCSB
914: 3 - 1
914: 2 - 2
914: 1 - 3
J15: 4 - 10
J15: 3 - 11
Toner control
sensor board
DRIVE 26-B14
24V 26-B15
29-A8 24V
29-A7 DRIVE
DEV UNIT
925:2J29:2
-1 -1
925:1J29:1
-2 -2
92-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
FS SOUT
SGND
N.C
FS RTS
SGND
FS SIN
N.C
SGND
FS CTS
SGND
SGND
29-A10 DRIVE
29-A9 24V
J11: 7 - 1
J11: 6 - 2
J11: 5 - 3
J11: 4 - 4
J11: 3 - 5
J11: 2 - 6
J11: 1 - 7
102
J16-4
J16-5
J16-6
J16-7
J16-8
TDS
J16-2
J16-3
TH2
J15:11 - 3
J15:10 - 4
J15: 9 - 5
J15: 8 - 6
J15: 7 - 7
J15: 6 - 8
J15: 5 - 9
J16-13
J16-14
983-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
5V 26-B7
DRUM.TH 26-B8
12V 26-B9
TNRIF 26-B10
TNOUT1 26-B11
TNOUT2 26-B12
SGND 26-B13
J15:13 - 1
J15:12 - 2
J17-2
J17-3
J17-9
J17-5
PS 2
N.C 26-B5
N.C 26-B6
1
2
3
4
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
29-A16 24V
29-A15 24V
29-A14 B
29-A13 B
29-A12 A
29-A11 A
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
915:6 - 1
915:5 - 2
915:4 - 3
915:3 - 4
915:2 - 5
915:1 - 6
25-A1
25-A2
25-A3
25-A4
25-A5
25-A6
CONT
12V
TDS ANG
SGND
N.C
N.C
951-1
-2
-3
FUSING UNIT
Fixing
Fixing
temperature temperature
sensor/1
sensor/2
24V
24V
B
B
A
A
J18: 3 - 1
J18: 2 - 2
J18: 1 - 3
300:A10- A10
300:A9 - A9
300:A8 - A8
300:A7 - A7
300:A6 - A6
300:A5 - A5
300:A4 - A4
300:A3 - A3
300:A2 - A2
300:A1 - A1
300:A11- A11
29-B6
29-B5
29-B4
29-B3
29-B2
29-B1
J13:B4 - B1
J13:B3 - B2
J13:B2 - B3
980:3 - 3
980:4 - 4
J13:A2 - A3
J13:A1 - A4
73- 3
73- 2
73- 1
300:B11- B11
300:B10- B10
300:B9 - B9
300:B8 - B8
300:B7 - B7
300:B6 - B6
300:B5 - B5
300:B4 - B4
300:B3 - B3
300:B2 - B2
300:B1 - B1
903:6 - 1
903:5 - 2
903:4 - 3
903:3 - 4
903:2 - 5
903:1 - 6
29-B8 24V
29-B7 DRIVE
J12: 5 - 5
J12: 4 - 6
J12: 3 - 7
J12: 2 - 8
J12: 1 - 9
980:1 - 1
980:2 - 2
J13:A4 - A1
J13:A3 - A2
HV
18-10
18-11
18-12
18-13
18-14
J12: 7 - 3
J12: 6 - 4
J12: 9 - 1
J12: 8 - 2
70- 3
70- 2
70- 1
FT37
FT39
FS-112
FS-113
FS-114
SGND
PS
5V
N.C
N.C
J09-7
J09-8
J09-9
J17-12
J25-5
FT36
TH1
29-B10 DRIVE
29-B9 24V
29-B13 5V
29-B12 PS
29-B11 SGND
J17-7
70- 5
70- 4
FT38
920: 2 - 1
920: 1 - 2
J06:3 - 1
J06:2 - 2
J06:1 - 3
954-1
-2
-3
29-B16 5V
29-B15 TLD ANG
29-B14 SGND
27- 5
27- 6
27- 7
27- 8
J25-1
J09-5
J09-6
70- 9
70- 8
70- 7
70- 6
FT30
926:2 - 1
1-2
J05:3 - 1
J05:2 - 2
J05:1 - 3
CB 1/2
N.C
SGND
HUM1 ANG
5V
PGND 27- 3
24V 27- 4
B.CONT 27- 1
B.SIG 27- 2
J17-11
18- 2 24V
18- 1 DRIVE
18- 5 PGND
18- 4 LOCK
18- 3 DRIVE
J09-1
J09-2
J09-3
J09-4
J16-11
LT-203
984-1
-2
-3
J28: 3 - 1
J28: 2 - 2
J28: 1 - 3
J25-4
72- 1
FT33
929:2 - 1
929:1 - 2
911: 3 - 1
911: 2 - 2
911: 1 - 3
986-1
986-2
24V -11
J17-8
P.G -8
24V J25-2
11
PGND
12
LD
CW/CCW-5
CLK -4
for
DCPS
41-11 5V
41-10 SGND
41-9 CONT
41-8 CLOCK
41-7 N.C
41-6 LOCK
41-5 N.C
41-4 PGND
41-3 PGND
41-2 24V
41-1 24V
-1
FT32
CHARGER
5V
FT31
to BIAS
100
S.G -2
J16-20
99
CONT -3
72- 5
98
101
24V -11
23-B8 PGND
23-B9 PGND
23-B10 24V
23-B11 24V
97
24V -10
P.G -9
95
96
P.G -8
FT40
C
94
-6
93
LD
FT35
92
CW/CCW-5
D
GRID
90
CLK -4
FT34
89
CONT -3
5V
SGND
CONT
CLOCK
F/R
SGND
23-B1
23-B2
23-B3
23-B4
23-B5
23-B6
71-12
71-11
71-10
71- 9
71- 8
71- 7
71- 6
71- 5
71- 4
71- 3
71- 2
71- 1
110-19
110-18
110-17
110-16
110-15
110-14
110-13
110-12
110-11
110-10
110- 9
110- 8
110- 7
110- 6
110- 5
110- 4
110- 3
110- 2
110- 1
88
91
-1
J10:12 - 1
J10:11 - 2
J10:10 - 3
J10: 9 - 4
J10: 8 - 5
J10: 7 - 6
J10: 6 - 7
J10: 5 - 8
J10: 4 - 9
J10: 3 - 10
J10: 2 - 11
J10: 1 - 12
50 51 52 53
87
5V
S.FB 15-A1
SDC.SIG 15-A2
SAC.SIG 15-A3
S.CONT 15-A4
T.FB 15-A5
T.SIG 15-A6
T.CONT 15-A7
G.CONT 15-A8
C.FB 15-A9
GRID.SIG 15-A10
CHG.SIG 15-A11
C.CONT 15-A12
P.G -9
24V -10
30 31
86
24V -11
EUROPE only
for FCB
PGND
PGND
24V
24V
for SW3
85
23-A4
23-A3
23-A2
23-A1
40- 1
40- 2
40- 3
40- 4
83
P.G -8
SGND
SGND
L3 CONT
5V
84
H/L -7
LD
CW/CCW-5
CLK -4
81
23-A11 5V
23-A10 SGND
23-A9 CONT
23-A8 CLOCK
23-A7 SGND
23-A6 LOCK
80
-1
79
82
5V
G
78
S.G -2
74
77
RL CONT 25-A11
L2 CONT 25-A10
L3 CONT 25-A9
24V EM 25-A8
FM1 EM 25-A7
73
PGND 20- 3
PGND 20- 4
72
76
CONT -3
21- 6
21- 5
21- 4
21- 3
21- 2
21- 1
71
75
24V 20- 1
24V 20- 2
24V
PGND
5V
SGND
SGND
12V
-2
-3
37-1 VEN.TXD
-2 PGND
-3 VEN.CTS
-4 VEN.RXD
-5 N.C
-6 VEN.RTS
-7 PGND
-8 5V
36-1 /M1
-2 /PF
-3 /PS0
-4 /PS1
-5 /PS2
-6 /PS3
-7 /SIDE
-8 /CPF0
-9 /CPF1
-10 PGND
7.3
982-1
35-1
35-2
35-3
35-4
35-5
APPENDIX
Symbol
for ENGINE
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
24V
24V
PGND
PGND
5V
SGND
for DCPS
DRUM CARTRIGE
M3
FM5
FM4
Internal cooling
fan/1
132
133
134
135
136
137
DF-318
to GUIDE
PLATE
Separation Transfer
M5
PCL
I
PS 9
Tray set
sensor/U
PS 12
Tray set
sensor/L
1
PS 1
Registration
sensor
PS 8
PS 7
Timing
sensor/U
2
SD2
PS22
3
PS20
VR1
PS13
PS 4
BYPASS TRAY
SD1
M6
ADU motor
TSL
Transfer
synchronization
lamp
5
PS 10
Upper limit
sensor/L
PFDB/U
PS 11
No paper
sensor/U
PFDB/L
6
IT door
sensor
(CE1)
(CE1)
PS25
PS23
PS24
IT exit
sensor/U
IT exit
sensor/L
IT-101
Loop clutch
Gate solenoid
7
8
Appendix-4
SGND
H/L
EM
DRIVE
70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
39-4
39-3
39-2
39-1
For Finisher
(CE1)
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
910: 4 - 1
910: 3 - 2
910: 2 - 3
910: 1 - 4
CN985A
DB_RTS
SGND
DB_RXD
DB_CTS
SGND
DB_TXD
DB_EXIT
LCT_EXIT
DB_RST
19- 1
19- 2
19- 3
19- 4
19- 5
19- 6
19- 7
19- 8
19- 9
KRDS I/F
131
J61 : 1 - 9
J61 : 2 - 8
J61 : 3 - 7
J61 : 4 - 6
J61 : 5 - 5
J61 : 6 - 4
J61 : 7 - 3
J61 : 8 - 2
J61 : 9 - 1
CN985B
38- 6 24V
38- 7 DRIVE
SCB 3/3
38-A 1 XFAN_LK
-A 2 SGND
-A 3 NC
-A 4 SGND
-A 5 /RST
-A 6 SGND
-A 7 SGND
-A 8 SGND
-A 9 /GNT2
-A10 NC
-A11 PCI_AD30
-A12 PCI_AD28
-A13 SGND
-A14 26/ISEL6
-A15 PCI_AD24
-A16 PCI_AD23
-A17 PCI_AD21
-A18 SGND
-A19 PCI_AD19
-A20 PCI_AD17
-A21 PCI_C_BE2
-A22 PCI_IRDY
-A23 SGND
-A24 XPCI_DEVSEL
-A25 PAR
-A26 PCI_AD15
-A27 SGND
-A28 PCI_AD13
-A29 PCI_AD11
-A30 PCI_AD9
-A31 PCI_AD7
-A32 SGND
-A33 PCI_AD6
-A34 PCI_AD4
-A35 PCI_AD2
-A36 PCI_AD0
-A37 SGND
-A38 SGND
-A39 5V
-A40 5V
-A41 5V
-A42 5V
-A43 5V
-A44 SGND
-A45 -12V
-A46 SGND
-A47 12V
-A48 SGND
-A49 SGND
-A50 12V
38-B 1 XFAN
-B 2 FANHI
-B 3 N.C
-B 4 SGND
-B 5 SGND
-B 6 SGND
-B 7 BCLOCK3
-B 8 SGND
-B 9 XPCI_REQ0
-B10 N.C
-B11 PCI_AD31
-B12 PCI_AD29
-B13 SGND
-B14 PCI_AD27
-B15 PCI_AD25
-B16 PCI_C_BE3
-B17 PCI_AD22
-B18 SGND
-B19 PCI_AD20
-B20 PCI_AD18
-B21 PCI_AD16
-B22 XPCI_FRAME
-B23 SGND
-B24 XPCI_TRDY
-B25 XPCI_STOP
-B26 PCI_C_BE1
-B27 SGND
-B28 PCI_AD14
-B29 PCI_AD12
-B30 PCI_AD10
-B31 PCI_AD8
-B32 SGND
-B33 PCI_C_BE0
-B34 PCI_AD5
-B35 PCI_AD3
-B36 PCI_AD1
-B37 SGND
-B38 SGND
-B39 5V
-B40 5V
-B41 5V
-B42 5V
-B43 5V
-B44 SGND
-B45 -12V
-B46 SGND
-B47 12V
-B48 SGND
-B49 SGND
-B50 12V
J42:8 - 8
J42:9 - 9
44-B1
44-B2
44-B3
44-B4
44-B5
44-B6
44-B7
44-B8
44-B9
44-B10
44-B11
DDF VV 28-B11
N.C 28-B10
FIX OK 28-B9
SGND 28-B8
APS TIM 28-B7
PS301 28-B6
EG INT 28-B5
EG RST 28-B4
SGND 28-B3
5V SYS 28-B2
SGND 28-B1
SCDB
38- 1 PS
38- 2 SGND
38- 3 5V
38- 4 PS
38- 5 SGND
38- 8 SGND
38- 9 IT.SET
USB
INDEX
J42:2 - 2
J42:3 - 3
J42:4 - 4
J42:5 - 5
J42:6 - 6
J42:10- 10
J42:11- 11
24-A2 DRIVE
24-A1 24V
LAN
939: 1 - 2
939: 2 - 1
973-1
-2
-3
MC2
972-1
-2
-3
921: 2 - 1
921: 1 - 2
44-A1
44-A2
44-A3
44-A4
44-A5
44-A6
44-A7
44-A8
44-A9
44-A10
44-A11
CB 2/2
SGND 28-A11
EG RXD 28-A10
EG CTS 28-A9
EG TXD 28-A8
EG TRS 28-A7
SGND 28-A6
EE VV 28-A5
S VV 28-A4
P VV 28-A3
TONYY 28-A2
B VV 28-A1
L1
SGND
SIZE.LOW.A
SIZE.LOW.B
SIZE.LOW.C
SIZE.LOW.D
41-1 TX+
41-2 TX41-3 RX+
41-4 N.C
41-5 N.C
41-6 RX41-7 N.C
41-8 N.C
41-9 FG
41-10 FG
41-11 VDD1
41-11 LED1
41-11 VDD2
41-11 LED2
24-A7
24-A6
24-A5
24-A4
24-A3
VDD
-Data
+Data
SGND
J03: 5 - 7
J03: 4 - 8
J03: 3 - 9
J03: 2 - 10
J03: 1 - 11
39- 1 DCD
- 2 RXD
- 3 TXD
- 4 DTR
- 5 GND
- 6 DSR
- 7 RTS
- 8 CTS
- 9 RI
91-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
24-A10 5V
24-A9 PS
24-A8 SGND
Key counter
KC
(Option)
J03: 8 - 4
J03: 7 - 5
J03: 6 - 6
24-A13 5V
24-A12 PS
24-A11 SGND
45-1
45-2
45-3
45-4
-2
-3
J03:11 - 1
J03:10 - 2
J03: 9 - 3
1
4
960-1
-2
-3
for KC
959-1
24-A15 SGND
24-A15 DRIVE
(J03:CT)
974-1
-2
-3
By-pass
By-pass
By-pass ADU sensor
By-pass
paper feed tray paper tray paper no paper
size sensor size VR
sensor
solenoid
7
9
J02: 2 - 6
J02: 1 - 7
J20: 4 - 7
J20: 2 - 9
24-A20 SGND
24-A19 SIZE.UP.A
24-A18 SIZE.UP.B
24-A17 SIZE.UP.C
24-A16 SIZE.UP.D
933:2 - 1
1-2
J02: 7 - 1
J02: 6 - 2
J02: 5 - 3
J02: 4 - 4
J02: 3 - 5
J20:10 - 1
J20: 7 - 4
90-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
N.C 15-B12
SGND 15-B11
SGND 15-B10
FS CTS 15-B9
SGND 15-B8
N.C 15-B7
FS RXD 15-B6
SGND 15-B5
FS RTS 15-B4
N.C 15-B3
SGND 15-B2
FS TXD 15-B1
60- 1
60- 2
60- 3
60- 4
60- 5
24V
24V
B
B
A
A
INV1
985B-1
985B-2
24V
PGND
N.C
5V
SGND
24-B6
24-B5
24-B4
24-B3
24-B2
24-B1
-4
-2
-1
985A-3
129
24-B9 5V
24-B8 PS
24-B7 SGND
1
3
4
2
128
J30:3 - 1
J30:2 - 2
J30:1 - 3
Exposure lamp
J26: 4 J26: 2 J26: 1 J26: 3 -
905: 6 - 1
905: 5 - 2
905: 4 - 3
905: 3 - 4
905: 2 - 5
905: 1 - 6
953-1
-2
-3
35- 1
35- 2
35- 3
35- 4
35- 5
127
130
24-B12 5V
24-B11 PS
24-B10 SGND
24V
SIG
SGND
DRIVE
SGND
PS14
51-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
126
J04: 3 - 9
J04: 2 - 10
J04: 1 - 11
PS15
24-B15 SGND
24-B14 VR
24-B13 5V
PS17
J04: 6 - 6
J04: 5 - 7
J04: 4 - 8
LDB
J08: 3 - 4
J08: 2 - 5
J08: 1 - 6
962-1
-2
-3
SD3
98 -3
-2
-1
124
(CN51
123
64-7 SGND
64-8 PS
64-9 5V
122
125
24-B18 5V
24-B17 PS
24-B16 SGND
963-3
-2
-1
Scanner motor
119
121
J04: 9 - 3
J04: 8 - 4
J04: 7 - 5
M2
118
120
24-B20 24V
24-B19 DRIVE
J50: B1 - B12
J50: B2 - B11
J50: B3 - B10
J50: B4 - B9
J50: B5 - B8
J50: B6 - B7
J50: B7 - B6
J50: B8 - B5
J50: B9 - B4
J50:B10 - B3
J50:B11 - B2
J50:B12 - B1
969-1 J08: 6 - 1
-2
J08: 5 - 2
-3
J08: 4 - 3
J04:11 - 1
J04:10 - 2
50-B12
-B11
-B10
- B9
- B8
- B7
- B6
- B5
- B4
- B3
- B2
- B1
117
924: 2 - 1
924: 1 - 2
L1INVB
116
64-4 SGND
64-5 PS
64-6 5V
64-1 5V
64-2 PS
64-3 SGND
63-1 24V
63-2 L1 CONT
63-3 L1 EM
63-4 PGND
RT3
964-3
-2
-1
931-4
-3
-2
-1
112
115
25-A13 24V
25-A12 DRIVE
F
111
114
966-3
-2
-1
930-1 L.V.
-3 H.V.
C
110
113
25-A15 DRIVE
25-A14 24V
96-1
96-3
107
109
922: 2 - 1
922: 1 - 2
923: 2 - 1
923: 1 - 2
97-3
97-1
J50: A1 - A12
J50: A2 - A11
J50: A3 - A10
J50: A4 - A9
J50: A5 - A8
J50: A6 - A7
J50: A7 - A6
J50: A8 - A5
J50: A9 - A4
J50:A10 - A3
J50:A11 - A2
J50:A12 - A1
106
25-A16 5V
25-A17 PS
25-A18 SGND
50-A12
-A11
-A10
- A9
- A8
- A7
- A6
- A5
- A4
- A3
- A2
- A1
105
108
J41:1 - 3
J41:2 - 2
J41:3 - 1
25-B1 5V
25-B2 PS
25-B3 SGND
62-1 U
-2 V
-3 W
104
971-1
-2
-3
J40:1 - 3
J40:2 - 2
J40:3 - 1
25-B6 5V
25-B5 PS
25-B4 SGND
970-1
-2
-3
J01: 3 - 7
J01: 2 - 8
J01: 1 - 9
25-B9 5V
25-B8 PS
25-B7 SGND
25-B12 5V
25-B11 PS
25-B10 SGND
2
3
5
6
8
10
956-1
-2
-3
J01: 6 - 4
J01: 5 - 5
J01: 4 - 6
J01:9 - 1
J01:8 - 2
J01:7 - 3
20: 9 - 2
20: 8 - 3
20: 6 - 5
20: 5 - 6
20: 3 - 8
20: 1 - 10
957-1
-2
-3
J33:3 - 1
J33:2 - 2
J33:1 - 3
61- 1
61- 2
61- 3
61- 4
61- 5
61- 6
61- 7
61- 8
61- 9
61-10
61-11
61-12
61-13
61-14
61-15
200: 6 - 6
200: 5 - 5
200: 4 - 4
200: 3 - 3
200: 2 - 2
200: 1 - 1
950-1
-2
-3
G
5V 16-15
PS14 16-14
PS15 16-13
PS17 16-12
5V 16-11
SGND 16-10
L1 EM 16- 9
L1 CONT 16- 8
M2 V1 16- 7
M2 V0 16- 6
M2 DRIVE 16- 5
M2 EM2 16- 4
M2 EM1 16- 3
SGND 16- 2
M2 CLOCK 16- 1
25-B15 5V
25-B14 PS
25-B13 SGND
103
H
RT3
J32:3 - 1
J32:2 - 2
J32:1 - 3
B
132
133
134
135
136
137
961-1
-2
-3
for DCPS
25-B18 5V
25-B17 PS
25-B16 SGND
J31:3 - 1
J31:2 - 2
J31:1 - 3
7.4
for DCPS
958-1
-2
-3
APPENDIX
Symbol
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
IP-432
D
SD8
FM7
for DB UNIT
Internal cooling fan/2
APPENDIX
Symbol
Part name
Location
Symbol
Part name
Location
Symbol
Part name
Location
COPY VENDER
COPY VENDER
Appendix-3 1-I
M2
Scanner motor
Appendix-4 2-E
PS24
IT exit sensor /L
DB-211
DB-211
Appendix-1 2-G
M3
Developing motor
Appendix-3 8-I
PS25
IT door sensor
Appendix-4 7-I
Appendix-4 7-I
DB-411
DB-411
Appendix-1 2-G
M4
Appendix-3 5-I
TH1
Appendix-3 5-E
DIMM
DIMM
Appendix-2 3-F
M5
Polygon motor
Appendix-3 7-D
TH2
Appendix-3 5-E
FK-102/FL-102
FK-102/FL-102
Appendix-2 4-A
M6
ADU motor
Appendix-4 4-I
HUM1
Humidity sensor
Appendix-3 4-D
FS-112
FS-112
Appendix-3 4-A
M7
Tray motor /U
Appendix-3 8-I
TDS
Appendix-3 5-E
FS-113
FS-113
Appendix-3 4-A
M8
Tray motor /L
Appendix-3 7-I
TLD
Appendix-3 5-I
HD-103 Type A
HD-105
Appendix-2 2-F
M9
Appendix-3 3-I
TS
Thermostat
Appendix-1 8-A
IP-432
IP-432
Appendix-4 7-A
M10
Appendix-3 6-I
SW1
Appendix-1 4-C
IT-101
IT-101
Appendix-4 6-H
M11
Fixing motor
Appendix-3 3-I
SW2
Appendix-1 6-I
KC
Key counter
Appendix-4 3-E
FM1
Appendix-1 4-F
SW3
Interlock switch
Appendix-1 5-E
LT-203
LT-203
Appendix-3 2-A
FM2
Appendix-3 4-I
VR1
Appendix-4 3-I
TC
Total counter
Appendix-3 5-I
FM3
Appendix-3 7-I
PTC
PTC heater
Appendix-1 6-E
DF-318
DF-318
Appendix-3 7-A
FM4
Appendix-3 9-I
BATTERY
Battery
Appendix-2 2-G
ADB
Appendix-2 1-C
FM5
Appendix-3 9-I
CB
Appendix-3 1-F
FM6
Appendix-3 7-I
FCB
Appendix-1 6-B
FM7
Appendix-4 9-I
INDEX
Appendix-4 3-B
MC1
Registration clutch
Appendix-3 6-I
L1INVB
Appendix-4 2-E
MC2
Loop clutch
Appendix-4 6-I
LCDB
Display board
Appendix-1 4-F
SD1
Appendix-4 3-I
LDB
LD drive board
Appendix-4 2-B
SD2
Appendix-4 2-I
OB
Operation board
Appendix-1 5-F
SD3
Appendix-4 3-I
PAKB
Appendix-1 4-F
SD4
Appendix-3 6-I
PFDB/L
Appendix-4 5-I
SD5
Appendix-3 5-I
PFDB/U
Appendix-4 4-I
SD7
Appendix-3 6-E
PRMB
Appendix-2 5-F
SD8
Gate solenoid
Appendix-4 7-I
PSW2B
Appendix-1 6-I
SD9
Toner solenoid
Appendix-3 4-I
SCB
Appendix-1 8-E
PS1
Registration sensor
Appendix-4 1-I
SCDB
Appendix-4 1-B
PS2
Appendix-3 5-E
TCSB
Appendix-3 6-D
PS4
ADU sensor
Appendix-4 4-I
DCPS
Appendix-1 1-A
PS5
Appendix-3 5-I
HV
Appendix-3 2-E
PS7
Appendix-4 2-I
INV1
Appendix-4 2-D
PS8
No paper sensor /U
Appendix-4 1-I
INV2
Display inverter
Appendix-1 4-H
PS9
Appendix-4 1-I
CBR1
Circuit breaker /1
Appendix-1 2-A
PS10
Appendix-4 5-I
CBR2
Circuit breaker /2
Appendix-1 2-B
PS11
No paper sensor /L
Appendix-4 5-I
NF
Noise filter
Appendix-1 3-A
PS12
Appendix-4 1-I
L1
Exposure lamp
Appendix-4 2-F
PS13
Appendix-4 4-I
L2
Appendix-1 8-B
PS14
Appendix-4 3-E
L3
Appendix-1 8-B
PS15
Appendix-4 3-E
PCL
Pre-charging lamp
Appendix-3 7-D
PS17
APS sensor
Appendix-4 3-E
TSL
Appendix-4 5-I
PS20
Appendix-4 3-I
LCD
LCD
Appendix-1 4-F
PS21
Timing sensor /U
Appendix-4 2-I
BL
Back light
Appendix-1 4-H
PS22
Timing sensor /L
Appendix-4 2-I
M1
Main motor
Appendix-3 2-I
PS23
IT exit sensor /U
Appendix-4 7-I
Appendix-5
APPENDIX
7.5
CN9-1
J13-1
Noise filter
FT7
BT3
BT1
RT4
4
FT8
MAIN RL
RT3
4
Fixing heater
lamp/1
PLUG
FT1
CR001
FT2
Circuit breaker/2
CN9-3
CR002
FT6
CN11-2
AC(N)
N.C
5V EM
24V EM
NMI
12V
SGND
6-14 N.C
6-18 N.C
6-4 24V
6-6 24V
6-10 PGND
6-12 PGND
6-16 5V
6-20 SGND
11
12
8-1 24V
8-3 PGND
25
26
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
5V
5V
N.C
SGND
SGND
for FNS
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
J24: 2 - 2
BT1
J24: 1 - 1
EUROPE Only
2-6
2-5
2-4
2-3
2-2
2-1
N.C 7-9
5V 7-11
SGND 7-13
SGND 7-15
12V 7-17
SGND 7-21
N.C 7-23
SGND 7-24
12V 7-19
6-1 24V
6-3 24V
6-5 24V
6-7 PGND
6-9 PGND
6-11 PGND
6-13 5V
6-15 5V
6-17 SGND
6-19 SGND
D
for DCPS
SW3
26 25 24 23
24V 5-1
J23-1
J24-1A
J24-1B
J23-3
J23-2
J24-2A
J24-2B
J23-4
24V 5-2
SWD24V
30
SWD24V
31
Interlock switch
OPTIONAL
PTC heater
PTC
24V 8-2
10-1 DRIVE
10-2 EM
10-3 PGND
for
BIAS
2
3
5
6
8
10
for OPTION
23
24
BT2
FCB
DCPS
RL CONT
L2 CONT
L3 CONT
24V EM
FM1 EM
SGND
SGND
L3 CONT
5V
DC PSY
24V
5V
+12V
-12V
CN11-3
7-1 24V
7-3 PGND
7-5 24V
7-6 24V
7-7 PGND
7-8 PGND
7-10 5V
7-14 SGND
7-25 RL PWR
7-26 RL PGND
CN11-1
BT8
for
DF320
FT10
SW1
BT7
BT6
FT9
AC(H)
5-3 PGND
5-4 PGND
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
Fixing heater
lamp/2
J21-03
CN99-4
CN99-3
CN99-2
CN99-1
50
51
52
53
935-1
935-2
- 5
- 6
J60: 1 - 1
J60: 2 - 2
J60: 3 - 3
J60: 4 - 4
J60: 7 - 7
J60: 8 - 8
J60: 9 - 9
J60:10 - 10
PAKB
FM1
80-A14
80-A13
80-A12
80-A11
80-A10
80- A9
80- A8
80- A7
80- A6
80- A5
80- A4
80- A3
80- A2
80- A1
83- 1 X2
- 2 Y2
- 3 X1
- 4 Y1
BL
89-1 FL HOT
-4 FL GND
I
71
72
73
74
75
INV2
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
OB
80-B14
80-B13
80-B12
80-B11
80-B10
80- B9
80- B8
80- B7
80- B6
80- B5
80- B4
80- B3
80- B2
80- B1
J38-A1 -A14
J38-A2 -A13
J38-A3 -A12
J38-A4 -A11
J38-A5 -A10
J38-A6 -A9
J38-A7 -A8
J38-A8 -A7
J38-A9 -A6
J38-A10 -A5
J38-A11 -A4
J38-A12 -A3
J38-A13 -A2
J38-A14 -A1
J38-B1 -B14
J38-B2 -B13
J38-B3 -B12
J38-B4 -B11
J38-B5 -B10
J38-B6 -B9
J38-B7 -B8
J38-B8 -B7
J38-B9 -B6
J38-B10 -B5
J38-B11 -B4
J38-B12 -B3
J38-B13 -B2
J38-B14 -B1
F
52-A1 UD3
52-A2 SGND
52-A3 UD1
52-A4 XSCL
52-A5 SGND
52-A6 YD
52-A7 OPTXD
52-A8 SGND
52-A9 OPRTS
52-A10 OPRXD
52-A11 SGND
52-A12 OPCTS
52-A13 DF INT
52-A14 APS INT
SCB 1/3
52-B1 UD2
52-B2 SGND
52-B3 UD0
52-B4 LP
52-B5 SGND
52-B6 LCDENB
52-B7 POWER DOWN
52-B8 SGND
52-B9 OPINT
52-B10 MONIT
52-B11 5V
52-B12 5V
52-B13 SYS STOP
52-B14 MODE
88- 3
-2
-1
105
84-1 SGND
84-2 MONIT
LCDB
for CB
84-6 VR L
84-7 VR SIG
84-8 VR H
84-9 SCAN6
84-10 RTN3
84-11 5V
84-12 SGND
84-13 SW2
106- 1 24V
106- 2 24V
106- 3 24V
106- 4 PGND
106- 5 PGND
106- 6 M151 DRIVE
106- 7 LT CLOSE
106- 8 M150 F/R
106- 9 M150 CLOCK
106-10 M150 CONT
106-11 SD151 DRIVE
106-12 PS155
106-13 PS152
106-14 PS153
106-15 PS154
106-16 PS151
106-17 LCT TYPE
106-18 5V
106-19 SGND
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
84-3 5V
84-4 SGND
84-5 INV ON(PWM)
PGND 8-4
DB-211
DB-411
L3
FT27
BT5
7-2 24V
7-4 PGND
7-12 5V
7-16 SGND
7-20 SGND
7-18 12V
7-22 SGND
6-2 24V
6-8 PGND
FT28
J13-4
CN9-3
AC(N)
J21-03
L3 DRIVE
BT2
CBR 2
L2
FT25
BT4
FT4
FT26
J13-3
J21-02
L2 DRIVE
12V 42- 9
SGND 42- 8
N.C 42- 7
SGND 42- 6
12V 42- 5
SGND 42- 4
SGND 42- 3
5V 42- 2
5V 42- 1
INLET
CN9-2
AC DRIVE
NF
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
AC(H)
CBR 1
Circuit breaker/1
SGND 500- 1
SGND 500- 2
5V 500- 3
5V 500- 4
FT5
FT3
Symbol
FT22
FT21
Thermostat
FT23
RL1 POWER
AC(H)
FT20
J13-2
J21-01
RL1 CNT
SGND 43- 6
12V 43- 5
NMI 43- 4
24V EM 43- 3
5V EM 43- 2
N.C 43- 1
PLUG
FT24
24V(C)
TS
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
Appendix-6
HD-103 Type A
CN501
CN47
LDB
2
3
DIMM
CN53
FAN
CN502
57- 1 DCD
- 2 RXD
- 3 TXD
- 4 DTR
- 5 GND
- 6 DSR
- 7 RTS
- 8 CTS
- 9 RI
INDEX
48-1
48-2
48-3
48-4
4
VDD
-Data
+Data
GND
KRDS I/F
Battery
400-A 1 SGND
-A 2 BCLK12
-A 3 SGND
-A 4 DRAM_D31
-A 5 DRAM_D30
-A 6 DRAM_D29
-A 7 DRAM_D28
-A 8 DRAM_D27
-A 9 DRAM_D26
-A10 DRAM_D25
-A11 DRAM_D24
-A12 DRAM_D23
-A13 DRAM_D22
-A14 DRAM_D21
-A15 DRAM_D20
-A16 DRAM_D19
-A17 DRAM_D18
-A18 DRAM_D17
-A19 DRAM_D16
-A20 5V
-A21 DRAM_D15
-A22 DRAM_D14
-A23 DRAM_D13
-A24 DRAM_D12
-A25 DRAM_D11
-A26 DRAM_D10
-A27 DRAM_D9
-A28 DRAM_D8
-A29 DRAM_D7
-A30 DRAM_D6
-A31 DRAM_D5
-A32 DRAM_D4
-A33 DRAM_D3
-A34 DRAM_D2
-A35 DRAM_D1
-A36 DRAM_D0
-A37 5V
-A38 SGND
-A39 VBAT
-A40 XWAIT
-A41 5V
-A42 5V
-A43 DR_CKE
-A44 XFAX_RST
-A45 XIRST
-A46 XICS5
-A47 XICS7
-A48 XIRD
-A49 XMWR
-A50 XIOSEL2
-A51 L_A20
-A52 L_A19
-A53 L_A18
-A54 L_A17
-A55 L_A16
-A56 L_A15
-A57 L_A14
-A58 L_A13
-A59 L_A12
-A60 L_A11
-B 1 SGND
-B 2 BCLK5
-B 3 GND
-B 4 XFAX_CIACK
-B 5 XFAX_COACK
-B 6 XFAX_DIACK
-B 7 XFAX_DOACK
-B 8 XAHA1_INT
-B 9 XEXIN_ACK
-B10 XEXOUT_ACK
-B11 -12V
-B12 EXOUT_D7
-B13 EXOUT_D6
-B14 EXOUT_D5
-B15 EXOUT_D4
-B16 EXOUT_D3
-B17 EXOUT_D2
-B18 EXOUT_D1
-B19 EXOUT_D0
-B20 5V
-B21 EXIN_D0
-B22 EXIN_D1
-B23 EXIN_D2
-B24 EXIN_D3
-B25 EXIN_D4
-B26 EXIN_D5
-B27 EXIN_D6
-B28 EXIN_D7
-B29 XFAX_DRIVE
-B30 XEXOUT_REQ
-B31 XEXIN_REQ
-B32 XICS6
-B33 XFAX_DOREQ
-B34 XFAX_DIREQ
-B35 XFAX_COREQ
-B36 XFAX_CIREQ
-B37 5V
-B38 SGND
-B39 MONITOR
-B40 XRC_INT
-B41 12V
-B42 PDA7
-B43 PDA6
-B44 PDA5
-B45 PDA4
-B46 PDA3
-B47 PDA2
-B48 PDA1
-B49 PDA0
-B50 L_A0
-B51 L_A1
-B52 L_A2
-B53 L_A3
-B54 L_A4
-B55 L_A5
-B56 L_A6
-B57 L_A7
-B58 L_A8
-B59 L_A9
-B60 L_A10
60- 1 SGND
- 2 TG
- 3 CLAMP
- 4 ACLAMP
- 5 BCLAMP
- 6 SGND
- 7 SGMD
- 8 +TCK
- 9 -TCK
-10 SGND
-11 SGND
-12 +RCK
-13 -RCK
-14 SGND
-15 SGND
-16 +IN CLOCK
-17 -IN CLOCK
-18 SGND
-19 SCLOCK
-20 SCLOCK
-21 *SEN
-22 SDI
-23 SDO
-24 SGND
-25 SGND
-26 -AD_D0
-27 +AD_D0
-28 SGND
-29 SGND
-30 -AD_D1
-31 +AD_D1
-32 SGND
-33 SGND
-34 -OUT_CLOCK
-35 +OUT_CLOCK
-36 SGND
-37 SGND
-38 ADRST
-39 APR
-40 SGND
-41 5V
-42 5V
-43 5V
-44 5V
-45 SGND
-46 12V
-47 12V
-48 12V
-49 12V
-50 SGND
40- 1 STROBE
- 2 DATA0
- 3 DATA1
- 4 DATA2
- 5 DATA3
- 6 DATA4
- 7 DATA5
- 8 DATA6
- 9 DATA7
-10 ACK
-11 BUSY
-12 PE
-13 SLCT
-14 AUTOFD
-15 N.C
-16 SGND
-17 SGND
-18 N.C
-19 SGND
-20 SGND
-19 SGND
-22 SGND
-23 SGND
-24 SGND
-25 SGND
-26 SGND
-27 SGND
-28 SGND
-29 SGND
-30 HLOGIC
-31 INT
-32 FAULT
-33 SGND
-34 N.C
-35 N.C
-36 SELECTIN
5V
SGND
/INDEX
SGND
/INDPR
431- 5
431- 4
431- 3
431- 2
431- 1
46- 1
46- 2
46- 3
46- 4
46- 5
46- 6
46- 7
46- 8
46- 9
46-10
46-11
46-12
46-13
46-14
46-15
46-16
46-17
46-18
46-19
46-20
46-21
46-22
46-23
46-24
46-25
46-26
46-27
46-28
46-29
46-30
46-31
46-32
46-33
46-34
46-35
46-36
46-37
46-38
46-39
46-40
46-41
46-42
46-43
46-44
46-45
46-46
46-47
46-48
46-49
46-50
2
5
D
PRMB
CN58,59
SCB 2/3
56-A 1 XFAN_LK
-A 2 SGND
-A 3 N.C
-A 4 SGND
-A 5 /RST
-A 6 SGND
-A 7 SGND
-A 8 SGND
-A 9 /GNT2
-A10 N.C
-A11 PCI_AD30
-A12 PCI_AD28
-A13 SGND
-A14 26/ISEL6
-A15 PCI_AD24
-A16 PCI_AD23
-A17 PCI_AD21
-A18 SGND
-A19 PCI_AD19
-A20 PCI_AD17
-A21 PCI_C_BE2
-A22 PCI_IRDY
-A23 SGND
-A24 XPCI_DEVSEL
-A25 PAR
-A26 PCI_AD15
-A27 SGND
-A28 PCI_AD13
-A29 PCI_AD11
-A30 PCI_AD9
-A31 PCI_AD7
-A32 SGND
-A33 PCI_AD6
-A34 PCI_AD4
-A35 PCI_AD2
-A36 PCI_AD0
-A37 SGND
-A38 SGND
-A39 5V
-A40 5V
-A41 5V
-A42 5V
-A43 5V
-A44 SGND
-A45 -12V
-A46 SGND
-A47 12V
-A48 SGND
-A49 SGND
-A50 12V
56-B 1 XFAN
-B 2 FANHI
-B 3 N.C
-B 4 SGND
-B 5 SGND
-B 6 SGND
-B 7 BCLK3
-B 8 SGND
-B 9 XPCI_REQ0
-B10 N.C
-B11 PCI_AD31
-B12 PCI_AD29
-B13 SGND
-B14 PCI_AD27
-B15 PCI_AD25
-B16 PCI_C_BE3
-B17 PCI_AD22
-B18 SGND
-B19 PCI_AD20
-B20 PCI_AD18
-B21 PCI_AD16
-B22 XPCI_FRAME
-B23 SGND
-B24 XPCI_TRDY
-B25 XPCI_STOP
-B26 PCI_C_BE1
-B27 SGND
-B28 PCI_AD14
-B29 PCI_AD12
-B30 PCI_AD10
-B31 PCI_AD8
-B32 SGND
-B33 PCI_C_BE0
-B34 PCI_AD5
-B35 PCI_AD3
-B36 PCI_AD1
-B37 SGND
-B38 SGND
-B39 5V
-B40 5V
-B41 5V
-B42 5V
-B43 5V
-B44 SGND
-B45 -12V
-B46 SGND
-B47 12V
-B48 SGND
-B49 SGND
-B50 12V
6
7
Appendix-7
1
LD 5V
SGND
/S/H
/ENB
VIDEO+
VIDEO/ALM
/RESET
DACLK
DI
LOAD
LPR 5V
G
432-12
432-11
432-10
432- 9
432- 8
432- 7
432- 6
432- 5
432- 4
432- 3
432- 2
432- 1
J52: 5 - 1
J52: 4 - 2
J52: 3 - 3
J52: 2 - 4
J52: 1 - 5
J53: 1 - 12
J53: 2 - 11
J53: 3 - 10
J53: 4 - 9
J53: 5 - 8
J53: 6 - 7
J53: 7 - 6
J53: 8 - 5
J53: 9 - 4
J53:10 - 3
J53:11 - 2
J53:12 - 1
USB
H
J50: 1 - 12
J50: 2 - 11
J50: 3 - 10
J50: 4 - 9
J50: 5 - 8
J50: 6 - 7
J50: 7 - 6
J50: 8 - 5
J50: 9 - 4
J50:10 - 3
J50:11 - 2
J50:12 - 1
7.6
51-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
50-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
APPENDIX
FK-103/FL-103
Symbol
ADB
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
IP-424
G
I
I
1
2
M1
Main motor
P.G -9
M9
3
5V
-1
H/L -7
COPY VENDER
M11
M4
PS 5
TC
Fixing motor
Toner level Toner bottle Total counter
sensor
sensor
5
Toner supply
motor/1
I
6
M10
SD4
Cleaning
Toner supply
web
motor/2
Registration solenoid
clutch
Internal
dehumidifying
fan/2
Internal
dehumidifying
fan/1
FM3
FM2
Toner
solenoid
Fixing
cooling
fan
7235 only
7
8
Appendix-8
J42:8 - 8
J42:9 - 9
38- 6 24V
38- 7 DRIVE
PS17
PS15
PS14
-1
-2
966-3
-1
-2
964-3
-1
-2
963-3
97-3
97-1
APS sensor
PS25
PS23
PS24
IT door
sensor
IT exit
sensor/U
IT exit
sensor/L
5V 16-3
PS 16-2
SGND 16-1
5V 16-6
PS 16-5
SGND 16-4
SGND 16-9
PS 16-8
5V 16-7
L1INVB
939: 1 - 2
939: 2 - 1
973-1
-2
-3
FM6
38- 1 PS
38- 2 SGND
96-3
96-1
Scanner motor
J42:2 - 2
J42:3 - 3
-3 H.V.
930-1 L.V.
PCL
972-1
-2
-3
INV1
-1
-2
-3
931-4
DRUM CARTRIGE
PGND 33-4
L1 EM 33-3
L1 CONT 33-2
24V 33-1
Speaker
38- 3 5V
38- 4 PS
38- 5 SGND
114
J42:4 - 4
J42:5 - 5
J42:6 - 6
974-1
-2
-3
PSW2B
/SW2
38- 8 SGND
38- 9 IT.SET
SD7
113
J42:10- 10
J42:11- 11
TCSB
112
W 32-3
V 32-2
U 32-1
110
111
18-2 24V
18-1 DRIVE
932:2 - 1
932:1 - 2
107
18-5 PGND
18-4 LOCK
18-3 DRIVE
J16-14
J16-18
109
J15: 2 - 12
J15: 1 - 13
24V 26-B16
DRIVE 26-B17
N.C 26-B18
928:2 - 1
928:1 - 2
108
29-A3 PGND
29-A2 EM
29-A1 DRIVE
J16-15
J16-16
Toner control
sensor board
J15: 4 - 10
J15: 3 - 11
105
106
DRIVE 26-B14
24V 26-B15
for ENGINE
FS SOUT
SGND
N.C
FS RTS
SGND
FS SIN
N.C
SGND
FS CTS
SGND
SGND
for DCPS
24V
24V
24V
PGND
PGND
PGND
5V
5V
SGND
SGND
85 - 8
85 - 7
85 - 6
85 - 5
85 - 4
85 - 3
85 - 2
85 - 1
104
927:2 - 1
927:1 - 2
J28: 3 - 1
J28: 2 - 2
J28: 1 - 3
911: 3 - 1
911: 2 - 2
911: 1 - 3
SD9
J38: 3 - 4
J38: 2 - 5
J38: 1 - 6
MC1
912: 3 - 1
912: 2 - 2
912: 1 - 3
92-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
TDS
29-A6 PGND
29-A5 EM
29-A4 DRIVE
J11: 7 - 1
J11: 6 - 2
J11: 5 - 3
J11: 4 - 4
J11: 3 - 5
J11: 2 - 6
J11: 1 - 7
J16-4
J16-5
J16-6
J16-7
J16-8
J16-12
J16-14
J16-2
J16-3
DEV UNIT
J38: 6 - 1
J38: 5 - 2
J38: 4 - 3
J15:13 - 1
J15:12 - 2
J15:11 - 3
J15:10 - 4
J15: 9 - 5
J15: 8 - 6
J15: 7 - 7
J15: 6 - 8
J15: 5 - 9
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
N.C 26-B5
N.C 26-B6
5V 26-B7
DRUM.TH 26-B8
12V 26-B9
TNRIF 26-B10
TNOUT1 26-B11
TNOUT2 26-B12
SGND 26-B13
300:A10- A10
300:A9 - A9
300:A8 - A8
300:A7 - A7
300:A6 - A6
300:A5 - A5
300:A4 - A4
300:A3 - A3
300:A2 - A2
300:A1 - A1
300:A11- A11
29-A8 24V
29-A7 DRIVE
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
914: 3 - 1
914: 2 - 2
914: 1 - 3
J29:2 - 1
J29:1 - 2
300:B11- B11
300:B10- B10
300:B9 - B9
300:B8 - B8
300:B7 - B7
300:B6 - B6
300:B5 - B5
300:B4 - B4
300:B3 - B3
300:B2 - B2
300:B1 - B1
925:2 - 1
925:1 - 2
PS 2
983-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
J17-2
J17-3
J17-9
J17-5
951-1
-2
-3
FUSING UNIT
Fixing
Fixing
temperature temperature
sensor/1
sensor/2
29-A10 DRIVE
29-A9 24V
1
2
3
4
J18: 3 - 1
J18: 2 - 2
J18: 1 - 3
Humidity sensor
J13:B4 - B1
J13:B3 - B2
J13:B2 - B3
Separation Transfer
CONT 25-A1
12V 25-A2
TDS ANG 25-A3
SGND 25-A4
N.C 25-A5
N.C 25-A6
J12: 5 - 5
J12: 4 - 6
J12: 3 - 7
J12: 2 - 8
J12: 1 - 9
TH2
SGND 18-10
PS 18-11
5V 18-12
N.C 18-13
N.C 18-14
to GUIDE
PLATE
29-A16 24V
29-A15 24V
29-A14 B
29-A13 B
29-A12 A
29-A11 A
24V
24V
B
B
A
A
FS-113
FS-114
915:6 - 1
915:5 - 2
915:4 - 3
915:3 - 4
915:2 - 5
915:1 - 6
29-B6
29-B5
29-B4
29-B3
29-B2
29-B1
920: 2 - 1
920: 1 - 2
TLD
980:3 - 3
980:4 - 4
980:1 - 1
980:2 - 2
TH1
J13:A2 - A3
J13:A1 - A4
J13:A4 - A1
J13:A3 - A2
73- 3
73- 2
73- 1
FT37
FT33
J12: 7 - 3
J12: 6 - 4
J12: 9 - 1
J12: 8 - 2
70- 3
70- 2
70- 1
FT36
FT39
FT30
FT32
LT-203
J09-7
J09-8
J09-9
J25-5
70- 5
70- 4
FT38
J16-11
FT31
29-B10 DRIVE
29-B9 24V
Perdita/Pongo:
Discovery:
J25-1
J17-11
N.C 27- 5
SGND 27- 6
HUM1 ANG 27- 7
5V 27- 8
J17-8
29-B13 5V
29-B12 PS
29-B11 SGND
29-B16 5V
29-B15 TLD ANG
29-B14 SGND
24V J25-2
11
PGND
12
J09-5
J09-6
70- 9
70- 8
70- 7
70- 6
HV
J06:3 - 1
J06:2 - 2
J06:1 - 3
J05:3 - 1
J05:2 - 2
J05:1 - 3
J17-12
50 51 52 53
J17-7
EUROPE only
for FCB
J09-1
J09-2
J09-3
J09-4
PGND 27- 3
24V 27- 4
B.CONT 27- 1
B.SIG 27- 2
J25-4
72- 1
J16-20
903:6 - 1
903:5 - 2
903:4 - 3
903:3 - 4
903:2 - 5
903:1 - 6
24V -11
for
DCPS
24V -10
P.G -9
P.G -8
72- 5
to BIAS
-6
102
103
LD
FT40
101
CLK -4
FT35
99
CW/CCW-5
31-11 5V
31-10 SGND
31-9 CONT
31-8 CLOCK
31-7 N.C
31-6 SGND
31-5 N.C
31-4 PGND
31-3 PGND
31-2 24V
31-1 24V
GRID
CHARGER
100
S.G -2
FT34
97
98
CONT -3
71-12
71-11
71-10
71- 9
71- 8
71- 7
71- 6
71- 5
71- 4
71- 3
71- 2
71- 1
96
24V -11
J10:12 - 1
J10:11 - 2
J10:10 - 3
J10: 9 - 4
J10: 8 - 5
J10: 7 - 6
J10: 6 - 7
J10: 5 - 8
J10: 4 - 9
J10: 3 - 10
J10: 2 - 11
J10: 1 - 12
95
24V -10
S.FB 15-A1
SDC.SIG 15-A2
SAC.SIG 15-A3
S.CONT 15-A4
T.FB 15-A5
T.SIG 15-A6
T.CONT 15-A7
G.CONT 15-A8
C.FB 15-A9
GRID.SIG 15-A10
CHG.SIG 15-A11
C.CONT 15-A12
23-B8 PGND
23-B9 PGND
23-B10 24V
23-B11 24V
92
94
986-1
986-2
-6
91
H/L -7
LD
90
93
P.G -8
110-19
110-18
110-17
110-16
110-15
110-14
110-13
110-12
110-11
110-10
110- 9
110- 8
110- 7
110- 6
110- 5
110- 4
110- 3
110- 2
110- 1
89
954-1
-2
-3
CLK -4
CONT -3
5V
SGND
CONT
CLOCK
F/R
SGND
87
88
CW/CCW-5
23-B1
23-B2
23-B3
23-B4
23-B5
23-B6
-1
86
5V
SGND 14- 1
SGND 14- 2
L3 CONT 14- 3
5V 14- 4
85
S.G -2
PGND
PGND
24V
24V
984-1
-2
-3
P.G -9
24V -10
24V -11
23-A4
23-A3
23-A2
23-A1
30 31
-6
for SW3
H/L -7
83
LD
82
P.G -8
81
84
CW/CCW-5
80
CLK -4
CONT -3
RL CONT 25-A11
L2 CONT 25-A10
L3 CONT 25-A9
24V EM 25-A8
FM1 EM 25-A7
79
23-A11 5V
23-A10 SGND
23-A9 CONT
23-A8 CLOCK
23-A7 SGND
23-A6 LOCK
78
S.G -2
-1
74
77
PGND 20- 3
PGND 20- 4
73
76
24V 20- 1
24V 20- 2
72
75
24V 19- 1
PGND 19- 2
PGND 19- 3
71
5V
G
24V 21- 6
PGND 21- 5
5V 21- 4
SGND 21- 3
SGND 21- 2
12V 21- 1
37-1 VEN.TXD
-2 PGND
-3 VEN.CTS
-4 VEN.RXD
-5 N.C
-6 VEN.RTS
-7 PGND
-8 5V
36-1 /M1
-2 /PF
-3 /PS0
-4 /PS1
-5 /PS2
-6 /PS3
-7 /SIDE
-8 /CPF0
-9 /CPF1
-10 PGND
7.7
982-1
-2
-3
35-1
35-2
35-3
35-4
35-5
APPENDIX
Symbol
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
514: 1 - 2
514: 2 - 1
HUM1
Exposure lamp
PreSeparation charging
claw
lamp
solenoid
L1
IT-101
9
M2
CB 1/2
SD8
Gate
solenoid
I
Tray set
sensor/U
PS 9
Tray set
sensor/L
1
Registration
sensor
PS 1
PS 8
PS 7
SD2
2
SD1
PS22
7235/7228 only
962-1
-2
-3
PS20
VR1
PS13
By-pass
By-pass
By-pass
By-pass
paper feed tray paper tray paper no paper
size sensor size VR
sensor
solenoid
FM5
Developing
suction fan
BYPASS TRAY
4
FM4
Internal cooling
fan/1
MC2
Loop clutch
PFDB/U
TSL
5
PS 10
PS 11
PFDB/L
For Finisher
PS21
Timming
sensor/U
907-1
-2
J61 : 9 - 1
J61 : 8 - 2
J61 : 7 - 3
J61 : 6 - 4
J61 : 5 - 5
J61 : 4 - 6
J61 : 3 - 7
J61 : 2 - 8
J61 : 1 - 9
M7
M8
Tray
motor/U
Tray
motor/L
Appendix-9
DB_RST
LCT_EXIT
DB_EXIT
DB_TXD
SGND
DB_CTS
DB_RXD
SGND
DB_RTS
44-B1
44-B2
44-B3
44-B4
44-B5
44-B6
44-B7
44-B8
44-B9
44-B10
44-B11
44-A1
44-A2
44-A3
44-A4
44-A5
44-A6
44-A7
44-A8
44-A9
44-A10
44-A11
DDF VV 28-B11
N.C 28-B10
FIX OK 28-B9
SGND 28-B8
APS TIM 28-B7
PS301 28-B6
EG INT 28-B5
EG RST 28-B4
SGND 28-B3
5V SYS 28-B2
SGND 28-B1
SGND 28-A11
EG RXD 28-A10
EG CTS 28-A9
EG TXD 28-A8
EG RTS 28-A7
SGND 28-A6
EE VV 28-A5
S VV 28-A4
P VV 28-A3
TONYY 28-A2
B VV 28-A1
26-A9
26-A8
26-A7
26-A6
26-A5
26-A4
26-A3
26-A2
26-A1
26-B2 24V
26-B1 DRIVE
26-B4 24V
26-B3 DRIVE
24V
24V
B
B
A
A
906-1
-2
PS 4
70-1
70-2
70-3
70-4
70-5
70-6
70-7
70-8
70-9
71-6
71-5
71-4
71-3
71-2
71-1
LAN
41-1 TX+
41-2 TX41-3 RX+
41-4 N.C
41-5 N.C
41-6 RX41-7 N.C
41-8 N.C
41-9 FG
41-10 FG
41-11 VDD1
41-11 LED1
41-11 VDD2
41-11 LED2
15-B3 SGND
15-B2 PS
15-B1 5V
953-1
-2
-3
905: 6 - 1
905: 5 - 2
905: 4 - 3
905: 3 - 4
905: 2 - 5
905: 1 - 6
J40:3 - 1
J40:2 - 2
J40:1 - 3
J30:3 - 1
J30:2 - 2
J30:1 - 3
970-3
-2
-1
24V 26-A18
24V 26-A17
M6 CONT 26-A16
M6 F/R 26-A15
M6 CLOCK 26-A14
5V 26-A13
SGND 26-A12
SGND 26-A11
SGND 26-A10
5V 15-A15
PS 15-A14
SGND 15-A13
904-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
15-B15 N.C
15-B14 SGND
15-B13 SGND
15-B12 FS CTS
15-B11 SGND
15-B10 N.C
15-B9 FS RXD
15-B8 SGND
15-B7 FS RTS
15-B6 N.C
15-B5 SGND
15-B4 FS TXD
SGND
SIZE.LOW.A
SIZE.LOW.B
SIZE.LOW.C
SIZE.LOW.D
SD5
24-A5
24-A4
24-A3
24-A2
24-A1
926:2 - 1
1-2
ADU gate
solenoid
J03: 5 - 7
J03: 4 - 8
J03: 3 - 9
J03: 2 - 10
J03: 1 - 11
24-A8 5V
24-A7 PS
24-A6 SGND
24V 29-B8
DRIVE 29-B7
M6
91-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
J03: 8 - 4
J03: 7 - 5
J03: 6 - 6
ADU motor
960-1
-2
-3
FM7
24-A11 5V
24-A10 PS
24-A9 SGND
CN985B
J03:11 - 1
J03:10 - 2
J03: 9 - 3
959-1
-2
-3
24-A13 SGND
24-A12 DRIVE
RT3
3
J02: 2 - 6
J02: 1 - 7
CB 2/2
24-A19 N.C
24-A18 SGND
24-A17 SIZE.UP.A
24-A16 SIZE.UP.B
24-A15 SIZE.UP.C
24-A14 SIZE.UP.D
J51:1 - 5
J51:2 - 4
J51:3 - 3
J51:4 - 2
J51:5 - 1
933:2 - 1
1-2
J02: 7 - 1
J02: 6 - 2
J02: 5 - 3
J02: 4 - 4
J02: 3 - 5
CN985A
J54:1 - 5
J54:2 - 4
J54:3 - 3
J54:4 - 2
J54:5 - 1
7235 only
90-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
Key counter
KC
(Option)
2
3
5
6
8
10
CLOCK 22-5
LCCK 22-4
DRIVE 22-3
PGND 22-2
24V 22-1
24-B2 DRIVE
24-B1 24V
J54:1 - 4
J54:2 - 3
J54:3 - 2
J54:4 - 1
200: 6 - 6
200: 5 - 5
200: 4 - 4
200: 3 - 3
200: 2 - 2
200: 1 - 1
24-B5 PGND
24-B4 EM
24-B3 DRIVE
SGND 39-4
N.C 39-3
EM 39-2
DRIVE 39-1
68-B1
68-B2
68-B3
68-B4
68-B5
68-B6
68-B7
68-B8
68-B9
68-B10
68-B11
68-B12
68-B13
68-B14
68-B15
68-B16
68-B17
68-B18
RT3
3
24-B8 PGND
24-B7 EM
24-B6 DRIVE
24-B11 5V
24-B10 PS
24-B9 SGND
24-B14 SGND
24-B13 VR
24-B12 5V
201:B1 - B18
201:B2 - B17
201:B3 - B16
201:B4 - B15
201:B5 - B14
201:B6 - B13
201:B7 - B12
201:B8 - B11
201:B9 - B10
201:B10- B9
201:B11- B8
201:B12- B7
201:B13- B6
201:B14- B5
201:B15- B4
201:B16- B3
201:B17- B2
201:B18- B1
24V
24V
PGND
PGND
5V
SGND
910: 3 - 1
910: 2 - 2
910: 1 - 3
913: 3 - 1
913: 2 - 2
913: 1 - 3
J04: 6 - 6
J04: 5 - 7
J04: 4 - 8
J08: 3 - 4
J08: 2 - 5
J08: 1 - 6
24-B17 5V
24-B16 PS
24-B15 SGND
SGND 17-B18
M302 CLOCK 17-B17
SGND 17-B16
M302 EM 17-B15
M303 EM 17-B14
M303 F/R 17-B13
SGND 17-B12
M303 CLOCK 17-B11
SGND 17-B10
SD302 DRIVE 17-B9
PS309 17-B8
PS308 17-B7
PS306 17-B6
M303 V1 17-B5
M303 V0 17-B4
M302 V1 17-B3
M302 V0 17-B2
M301 V0 17-B1
DF-320
J04: 3 - 9
J04: 2 - 10
J04: 1 - 11
J04: 9 - 3
J04: 8 - 4
J04: 7 - 5
24-B19 24V
24-B18 DRIVE
25-A14 SGND
25-A13 PS
25-A12 5V
921: 2 - 1
921: 1 - 2
98 -3
-2
-1
SD3
J08: 6 - 1
J08: 5 - 2
J08: 4 - 3
J04:11 - 1
J04:10 - 2
J41:3 - 1
J41:2 - 2
J41:1 - 3
68-A1
68-A2
68-A3
68-A4
68-A5
68-A6
68-A7
68-A8
68-A9
68-A10
68-A11
68-A12
68-A13
68-A14
68-A15
68-A16
68-A17
68-A18
969-1
-2
-3
924: 2 - 1
924: 1 - 2
971-3
-2
-1
25-A17 N.C
25-A16 24V
25-A15 DRIVE
25-B2 DRIVE
25-B1 24V
25-B5 5V
25-B4 PS
25-B3 SGND
201:A1 - A18
201:A2 - A17
201:A3 - A16
201:A4 - A15
201:A5 - A14
201:A6 - A13
201:A7 - A12
201:A8 - A11
201:A9 - A10
201:A10- A9
201:A11- A8
201:A12- A7
201:A13- A6
201:A14- A5
201:A15- A4
201:A16- A3
201:A17- A2
201:A18- A1
985B-1
985B-2
922: 2 - 1
922: 1 - 2
J01: 3 - 7
J01: 2 - 8
J01: 1 - 9
5V 17-A18
FM301 EM 17-A17
FM301 CONT 17-A16
SD303 CONT 17-A15
VR301 17-A14
PS305 17-A13
PS304 17-A12
PS303 17-A11
PS302 17-A10
PS301 17-A9
SD301 DRIVE 17-A8
SGND 17-A7
M301 RTN 17-A6
M301 RST 17-A5
M301 EM 17-A4
M301 F/R 17-A3
SGND 17-A2
M301 CLOCK 17-A1
for KC
25-B8 5V
25-B7 PS
25-B6 SGND
25-B11 5V
25-B10 PS
25-B9 SGND
J01: 6 - 4
J01: 5 - 5
J01: 4 - 6
J01:9 - 1
J01:8 - 2
J01:7 - 3
25-B14 5V
25-B13 PS
25-B12 SGND
-4
-2
-1
985A-3
923: 2 - 1
923: 1 - 2
956-1
-2
-3
PS 12
957-1
-2
-3
J33:3 - 1
J33:2 - 2
J33:1 - 3
H
950-1
-2
-3
J32:3 - 1
J32:2 - 2
J32:1 - 3
G
24V 35- 1
SIG 35- 2
SGND 35- 3
DRIVE 35- 4
N.C 35- 5
25-B17 5V
25-B16 PS
25-B15 SGND
961-1
-2
-3
J31:3 - 1
J31:2 - 2
J31:1 - 3
7.8
for DCPS
958-1
-2
-3
APPENDIX
Polygon motor
A
M5
SCB 3/3
(JAPAN ONLY)
AD-307
C
ADUDB
ADU sensor
for DB UNIT
Symbol
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
7235/7228 only
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32
70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
APPENDIX
Symbol
Part name
Location
Symbol
Part name
Location
Symbol
Part name
Location
COPY VENDER
COPY VENDER
Appendix-3 1-I
M1
Main motor
Appendix-3 2-H
PS24
IT exit sensor /L
Appendix-3 9-H
AD-307
AD-307
Appendix-4 5-C
M2
Scanner motor
Appendix-3 8-D
PS25
IT door sensor
Appendix-3 8-H
DB-211
DB-211
Appendix-1 2-G
M4
Appendix-3 5-H
TH1
Appendix-3 5-D
DB-411
DB-411
Appendix-1 2-G
M5
Polygon motor
Appendix-4 4-A
TH2
Appendix-3 5-D
DF-320
DF-320
Appendix-4 1-B
M6
ADU motor
Appendix-4 5-D
HUM1
Humidity sensor
Appendix-3 5-C
DIMM
DIMM
Appendix-2 3-D
M7
Tray motor /U
Appendix-4 7-I
TDS
Appendix-3 6-D
FK-103/FL-103
FK-103/FL-103
Appendix-2 4-A
M8
Tray motor /L
Appendix-4 8-I
TLD
Appendix-3 5-H
FS-113
FS-113
Appendix-3 5-A
M9
Appendix-3 3-H
TS
Thermostat
Appendix-1 7-A
FS-114
FS-114
Appendix-3 5-A
M10
Appendix-3 6-H
SW1
Appendix-1 4-C
HD-103 Type A
HD-103
Appendix-2 1-D
M11
Fixing motor
Appendix-4 7-I
SW2
Appendix-3 7-A
IP-424
IP-424
Appendix-2 8-D
FM1
Appendix-1 4-F
SW3
Interlock switch
Appendix-1 5-E
IT-101
IT-101
Appendix-3 8-G
FM2
Appendix-3 7-H
VR1
Appendix-4 3-I
KC
Key counter
Appendix-4 1-D
FM3
Appendix-3 7-H
PTC
PTC heater
Appendix-1 6-E
BATTERY
Battery
Appendix-2 1-E
LT-203
LT-203
Appendix-3 2-A
FM4
Appendix-4 4-I
TC
Total counter
Appendix-3 5-H
FM5
Appendix-4 4-I
ADB
Appendix-2 1-A
FM6
Appendix-3 7-H
ADUDB
Appendix-4 6-C
FM7
Appendix-4 4-D
CB
Appendix-3 1-F
MC1
Registration clutch
Appendix-3 6-H
FCB
Appendix-1 5-B
MC2
Loop clutch
Appendix-4 4-I
INDEX
Appendix-2 2-H
SD1
Appendix-4 2-I
L1INVB
Appendix-3 8-D
SD2
Appendix-4 2-I
LCDB
Display board
Appendix-1 5-G
SD3
Appendix-4 3-I
LDB
LD drive board
Appendix-2 1-H
SD4
Appendix-3 6-H
OB
Operation board
Appendix-1 6-F
SD5
Appendix-4 5-D
PAKB
Appendix-1 4-F
SD7
Appendix-3 7-D
PFDB/L
Appendix-4 6-H
SD8
Gate solenoid
Appendix-3 9-H
PFDB/U
Appendix-4 5-H
SD9
Toner solenoid
Appendix-3 8-H
PRMB
Appendix-2 4-D
PS1
Registration sensor
Appendix-4 1-I
PSW2B
Appendix-3 7-A
PS2
Appendix-3 6-D
SCB
Appendix-1 8-E
PS4
ADU sensor
Appendix-4 6-D
TCSB
Appendix-3 6-D
PS5
Appendix-3 5-H
DCPS
Appendix-1 1-A
PS7
Appendix-4 2-I
HV
Appendix-3 3-D
PS8
No paper sensor /L
Appendix-4 2-I
INV1
Appendix-3 8-E
PS9
Appendix-4 1-I
INV2
Display inverter
Appendix-1 4-I
PS10
Appendix-4 5-I
CBR1
Circuit breaker /1
Appendix-1 2-A
PS11
No paper sensor /U
Appendix-4 5-I
CBR2
Circuit breaker /2
Appendix-1 2-B
PS12
Appendix-4 1-I
NF
Noise filter
Appendix-1 3-A
PS13
Appendix-4 3-I
L1
Exposure lamp
Appendix-3 8-C
PS14
Appendix-3 9-D
L2
Appendix-1 7-B
PS15
Appendix-3 9-D
L3
Appendix-1 7-B
PS17
APS sensor
Appendix-3 8-D
PCL
Pre-charging lamp
Appendix-3 7-D
PS20
Appendix-4 3-I
TSL
Appendix-4 5-I
PS21
Timing sensor /U
Appendix-4 7-I
LCD
LCD
Appendix-1 5-G
PS22
Timing sensor /L
Appendix-4 2-I
BL
Back light
Appendix-1 4-H
PS23
IT exit sensor /U
Appendix-3 8-H
Appendix-10
APPENDIX
7.9
9
A
SK-114
D
SK-114
SK-114
D
Staple Needle Empty Detect Sensor
Staple Selfpriming Detect Sensor
Staple Home Detect Sensor
PK-114
Symbol
Connector Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
I
1
Appendix-11
APPENDIX
Symbol
Part name
Location
PK-114
PK-114
1-E
SK-114
SK-114
1-A, 1-D
CL1-FN
Registration clutch
7-B
M1-FN
Exit motor
7-E
M2-FN
Transport motor
7-C
M3-FN
Entrance motor
7-C
M4-FN
Allignment motor 1
7-G
M5-FN
Allignment motor 2
7-F
M6-FN
7-B
M7-FN
7-E
M11-FN
Elevator motor
7-G
M12-FN
7-G
PC3-FN
7-I
PC4-FN
Entrance sensor
7-B
PC5-FN
Transport sensor
7-A
PC6-FN
7-F
PC7-FN
7-F
PC8-FN
7-E
PC10-FN
7-D
PC11-FN
7-D
PC12-FN
7-A
PC14-FN
7-H
PC15-FN
7-I
PC16-FN
7-H
S1-FN
2-C
S2-FN
Shutter detection SW
7-H
S3-FN
7-G
S4-FN
7-A
SL1-FN
7-B
SL2-FN
7-C
M1-PK
Punch motor
2-G
PC1-PK
2-E
PC2-PK
2-F
PC3-PK
2-F
PC4-PK
2-F
PWB-A FN
3-B
PWB-B FN
Elevator board
5-H
Appendix-12